2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								/*
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								 *  Copyright  ( c )  2018 - 2024 ,  Andreas  Kling  < andreas @ ladybird . org > 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								 *  Copyright  ( c )  2020 - 2021 ,  the  SerenityOS  developers . 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								 *  Copyright  ( c )  2021 - 2025 ,  Sam  Atkins  < sam @ ladybird . org > 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								 *  Copyright  ( c )  2021 ,  Tobias  Christiansen  < tobyase @ serenityos . org > 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								 *  Copyright  ( c )  2022 ,  MacDue  < macdue @ dueutil . tech > 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								 *  Copyright  ( c )  2024 ,  Shannon  Booth  < shannon @ serenityos . org > 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								 *  Copyright  ( c )  2024 ,  Tommy  van  der  Vorst  < tommy @ pixelspark . nl > 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								 *  Copyright  ( c )  2024 ,  Matthew  Olsson  < mattco @ serenityos . org > 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								 *  Copyright  ( c )  2024 ,  Glenn  Skrzypczak  < glenn . skrzypczak @ gmail . com > 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								 * 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								 *  SPDX - License - Identifier :  BSD - 2 - Clause 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								 */ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <AK/Debug.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <AK/GenericLexer.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <AK/TemporaryChange.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/Parser/Parser.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/PropertyName.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/AngleStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/BackgroundRepeatStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/BackgroundSizeStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/BasicShapeStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/CSSColor.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/CSSColorValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/CSSHSL.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/CSSHWB.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/CSSKeywordValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/CSSLCHLike.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/CSSLabLike.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/CSSLightDark.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/CSSRGB.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/CounterDefinitionsStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/CounterStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/CustomIdentStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/EasingStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/EdgeStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-26 18:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/FitContentStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/FlexStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/FrequencyStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/GridTrackPlacementStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/GridTrackSizeListStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/ImageStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/IntegerStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/LengthStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/NumberStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/PercentageStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/PositionStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/RatioStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/RectStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/ResolutionStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/StringStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/TimeStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/URLStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/CSS/StyleValues/UnresolvedStyleValue.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-05 12:08:27 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/DOM/Element.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/Dump.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								# include  <LibWeb/Infra/CharacterTypes.h> 
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								namespace  Web : : CSS : : Parser  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < Dimension >  Parser : : parse_dimension ( ComponentValue  const &  component_value ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( component_value . is ( Token : : Type : : Dimension ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  numeric_value  =  component_value . token ( ) . dimension_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  unit_string  =  component_value . token ( ) . dimension_unit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  length_type  =  Length : : unit_from_name ( unit_string ) ;  length_type . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  Length  {  numeric_value ,  length_type . release_value ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  angle_type  =  Angle : : unit_from_name ( unit_string ) ;  angle_type . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  Angle  {  numeric_value ,  angle_type . release_value ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  flex_type  =  Flex : : unit_from_name ( unit_string ) ;  flex_type . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  Flex  {  numeric_value ,  flex_type . release_value ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  frequency_type  =  Frequency : : unit_from_name ( unit_string ) ;  frequency_type . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  Frequency  {  numeric_value ,  frequency_type . release_value ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  resolution_type  =  Resolution : : unit_from_name ( unit_string ) ;  resolution_type . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  Resolution  {  numeric_value ,  resolution_type . release_value ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  time_type  =  Time : : unit_from_name ( unit_string ) ;  time_type . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  Time  {  numeric_value ,  time_type . release_value ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( component_value . is ( Token : : Type : : Percentage ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  Percentage  {  component_value . token ( ) . percentage ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( component_value . is ( Token : : Type : : Number ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  numeric_value  =  component_value . token ( ) . number_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( numeric_value  = =  0 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  Length : : make_px ( 0 ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( context_allows_quirky_length ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  Length : : make_px ( CSSPixels : : nearest_value_for ( numeric_value ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < AngleOrCalculated >  Parser : : parse_angle ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  value  =  parse_angle_value ( tokens ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_angle ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  value - > as_angle ( ) . angle ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_calculated ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  AngleOrCalculated  {  value - > as_calculated ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < AnglePercentage >  Parser : : parse_angle_percentage ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  value  =  parse_angle_percentage_value ( tokens ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_angle ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  value - > as_angle ( ) . angle ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_percentage ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  value - > as_percentage ( ) . percentage ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_calculated ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  AnglePercentage  {  value - > as_calculated ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < FlexOrCalculated >  Parser : : parse_flex ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  value  =  parse_flex_value ( tokens ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_flex ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  value - > as_flex ( ) . flex ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_calculated ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  FlexOrCalculated  {  value - > as_calculated ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < FrequencyOrCalculated >  Parser : : parse_frequency ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  value  =  parse_frequency_value ( tokens ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_frequency ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  value - > as_frequency ( ) . frequency ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_calculated ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  FrequencyOrCalculated  {  value - > as_calculated ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < FrequencyPercentage >  Parser : : parse_frequency_percentage ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  value  =  parse_frequency_percentage_value ( tokens ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_frequency ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  value - > as_frequency ( ) . frequency ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_percentage ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  value - > as_percentage ( ) . percentage ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_calculated ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  FrequencyPercentage  {  value - > as_calculated ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < IntegerOrCalculated >  Parser : : parse_integer ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  value  =  parse_integer_value ( tokens ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_integer ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  value - > as_integer ( ) . integer ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_calculated ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  IntegerOrCalculated  {  value - > as_calculated ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < LengthOrCalculated >  Parser : : parse_length ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  value  =  parse_length_value ( tokens ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_length ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  value - > as_length ( ) . length ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_calculated ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  LengthOrCalculated  {  value - > as_calculated ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < LengthPercentage >  Parser : : parse_length_percentage ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  value  =  parse_length_percentage_value ( tokens ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_length ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  value - > as_length ( ) . length ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_percentage ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  value - > as_percentage ( ) . percentage ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_calculated ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  LengthPercentage  {  value - > as_calculated ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < NumberOrCalculated >  Parser : : parse_number ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  value  =  parse_number_value ( tokens ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_number ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  value - > as_number ( ) . number ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_calculated ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  NumberOrCalculated  {  value - > as_calculated ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < NumberPercentage >  Parser : : parse_number_percentage ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  value  =  parse_number_percentage_value ( tokens ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_number ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  Number  {  Number : : Type : : Number ,  value - > as_number ( ) . number ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_percentage ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  value - > as_percentage ( ) . percentage ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_calculated ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  NumberPercentage  {  value - > as_calculated ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < ResolutionOrCalculated >  Parser : : parse_resolution ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  value  =  parse_resolution_value ( tokens ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_resolution ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  value - > as_resolution ( ) . resolution ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_calculated ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  ResolutionOrCalculated  {  value - > as_calculated ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < TimeOrCalculated >  Parser : : parse_time ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  value  =  parse_time_value ( tokens ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_time ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  value - > as_time ( ) . time ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_calculated ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  TimeOrCalculated  {  value - > as_calculated ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < TimePercentage >  Parser : : parse_time_percentage ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  value  =  parse_time_percentage_value ( tokens ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_time ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  value - > as_time ( ) . time ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_percentage ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  value - > as_percentage ( ) . percentage ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value - > is_calculated ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  TimePercentage  {  value - > as_calculated ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < Ratio >  Parser : : parse_ratio ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // FIXME: It seems like `calc(...) / calc(...)` is a valid <ratio>, but this case is neither mentioned in a spec,
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //        nor tested in WPT, as far as I can tell.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //        Still, we should probably support it. That means not assuming we can resolve the calculation immediately.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  read_number_value  =  [ this ] ( ComponentValue  const &  component_value )  - >  Optional < double >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( component_value . is ( Token : : Type : : Number ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  component_value . token ( ) . number_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( component_value . is_function ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  maybe_calc  =  parse_calculated_value ( component_value ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! maybe_calc ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( maybe_calc - > is_number ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  maybe_calc - > as_number ( ) . value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! maybe_calc - > is_calculated ( )  | |  ! maybe_calc - > as_calculated ( ) . resolves_to_number ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( auto  resolved_number  =  maybe_calc - > as_calculated ( ) . resolve_number ( { } ) ;  resolved_number . has_value ( )  & &  resolved_number . value ( )  > =  0 )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  resolved_number . value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // `<ratio> = <number [0,∞]> [ / <number [0,∞]> ]?`
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  maybe_numerator  =  read_number_value ( tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! maybe_numerator . has_value ( )  | |  maybe_numerator . value ( )  <  0 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  numerator  =  maybe_numerator . value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  two_value_transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  const &  solidus  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  maybe_denominator  =  read_number_value ( tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( solidus . is_delim ( ' / ' )  & &  maybe_denominator . has_value ( )  & &  maybe_denominator . value ( )  > =  0 )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  denominator  =  maybe_denominator . value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // Two-value ratio
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            two_value_transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  Ratio  {  numerator ,  denominator  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // Single-value ratio
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  Ratio  {  numerator  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://www.w3.org/TR/css-syntax-3/#urange-syntax
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < Gfx : : UnicodeRange >  Parser : : parse_unicode_range ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // <urange> =
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //  u '+' <ident-token> '?'* |
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //  u <dimension-token> '?'* |
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //  u <number-token> '?'* |
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //  u <number-token> <dimension-token> |
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //  u <number-token> <number-token> |
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //  u '+' '?'+
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // (All with no whitespace in between tokens.)
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // NOTE: Parsing this is different from usual. We take these steps:
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // 1. Match the grammar above against the tokens, concatenating them into a string using their original representation.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // 2. Then, parse that string according to the spec algorithm.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // Step 2 is performed by calling the other parse_unicode_range() overload.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  is_ending_token  =  [ ] ( ComponentValue  const &  component_value )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  component_value . is ( Token : : Type : : EndOfFile ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            | |  component_value . is ( Token : : Type : : Comma ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            | |  component_value . is ( Token : : Type : : Semicolon ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            | |  component_value . is ( Token : : Type : : Whitespace ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  create_unicode_range  =  [ & ] ( StringView  text ,  auto &  local_transaction )  - >  Optional < Gfx : : UnicodeRange >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  maybe_unicode_range  =  parse_unicode_range ( text ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( maybe_unicode_range . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            local_transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  maybe_unicode_range ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // All options start with 'u'/'U'.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  const &  u  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! u . is_ident ( " u " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        dbgln_if ( CSS_PARSER_DEBUG ,  " CSSParser: <urange> does not start with 'u' " ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  const &  second_token  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //  u '+' <ident-token> '?'* |
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //  u '+' '?'+
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( second_token . is_delim ( ' + ' ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  local_transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        StringBuilder  string_builder ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        string_builder . append ( second_token . token ( ) . original_source_text ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  const &  third_token  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( third_token . is ( Token : : Type : : Ident )  | |  third_token . is_delim ( ' ? ' ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            string_builder . append ( third_token . token ( ) . original_source_text ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            while  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is_delim ( ' ? ' ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                string_builder . append ( tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) . original_source_text ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( is_ending_token ( tokens . next_token ( ) ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  create_unicode_range ( string_builder . string_view ( ) ,  local_transaction ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //  u <dimension-token> '?'*
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( second_token . is ( Token : : Type : : Dimension ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  local_transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        StringBuilder  string_builder ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        string_builder . append ( second_token . token ( ) . original_source_text ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        while  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is_delim ( ' ? ' ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            string_builder . append ( tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) . original_source_text ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( is_ending_token ( tokens . next_token ( ) ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  create_unicode_range ( string_builder . string_view ( ) ,  local_transaction ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //  u <number-token> '?'* |
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //  u <number-token> <dimension-token> |
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //  u <number-token> <number-token>
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( second_token . is ( Token : : Type : : Number ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  local_transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        StringBuilder  string_builder ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        string_builder . append ( second_token . token ( ) . original_source_text ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( is_ending_token ( tokens . next_token ( ) ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  create_unicode_range ( string_builder . string_view ( ) ,  local_transaction ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  const &  third_token  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( third_token . is_delim ( ' ? ' ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            string_builder . append ( third_token . token ( ) . original_source_text ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            while  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is_delim ( ' ? ' ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                string_builder . append ( tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) . original_source_text ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( is_ending_token ( tokens . next_token ( ) ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  create_unicode_range ( string_builder . string_view ( ) ,  local_transaction ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  if  ( third_token . is ( Token : : Type : : Dimension ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            string_builder . append ( third_token . token ( ) . original_source_text ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( is_ending_token ( tokens . next_token ( ) ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  create_unicode_range ( string_builder . string_view ( ) ,  local_transaction ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  if  ( third_token . is ( Token : : Type : : Number ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            string_builder . append ( third_token . token ( ) . original_source_text ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( is_ending_token ( tokens . next_token ( ) ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  create_unicode_range ( string_builder . string_view ( ) ,  local_transaction ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  constexpr  ( CSS_PARSER_DEBUG )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        dbgln ( " CSSParser: Tokens did not match <urange> grammar. " ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . dump_all_tokens ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < Gfx : : UnicodeRange >  Parser : : parse_unicode_range ( StringView  text ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  make_valid_unicode_range  =  [ & ] ( u32  start_value ,  u32  end_value )  - >  Optional < Gfx : : UnicodeRange >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // https://www.w3.org/TR/css-syntax-3/#maximum-allowed-code-point
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        constexpr  u32  maximum_allowed_code_point  =  0x10FFFF ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // To determine what codepoints the <urange> represents:
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // 1. If end value is greater than the maximum allowed code point,
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        //    the <urange> is invalid and a syntax error.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( end_value  >  maximum_allowed_code_point )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            dbgln_if ( CSS_PARSER_DEBUG ,  " CSSParser: Invalid <urange>: end_value ({}) > maximum ({}) " ,  end_value ,  maximum_allowed_code_point ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // 2. If start value is greater than end value, the <urange> is invalid and a syntax error.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( start_value  >  end_value )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            dbgln_if ( CSS_PARSER_DEBUG ,  " CSSParser: Invalid <urange>: start_value ({}) > end_value ({}) " ,  start_value ,  end_value ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // 3. Otherwise, the <urange> represents a contiguous range of codepoints from start value to end value, inclusive.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  Gfx : : UnicodeRange  {  start_value ,  end_value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // 1. Skipping the first u token, concatenate the representations of all the tokens in the production together.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //    Let this be text.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // NOTE: The concatenation is already done by the caller.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    GenericLexer  lexer  {  text  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // 2. If the first character of text is U+002B PLUS SIGN, consume it.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //    Otherwise, this is an invalid <urange>, and this algorithm must exit.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( lexer . next_is ( ' + ' ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        lexer . consume ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    }  else  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        dbgln_if ( CSS_PARSER_DEBUG ,  " CSSParser: Second character of <urange> was not '+'; got: '{}' " ,  lexer . consume ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // 3. Consume as many hex digits from text as possible.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //    then consume as many U+003F QUESTION MARK (?) code points as possible.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  start_position  =  lexer . tell ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  hex_digits  =  lexer . consume_while ( is_ascii_hex_digit ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  question_marks  =  lexer . consume_while ( [ ] ( auto  it )  {  return  it  = =  ' ? ' ;  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //    If zero code points were consumed, or more than six code points were consumed,
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //    this is an invalid <urange>, and this algorithm must exit.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    size_t  consumed_code_points  =  hex_digits . length ( )  +  question_marks . length ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( consumed_code_points  = =  0  | |  consumed_code_points  >  6 )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        dbgln_if ( CSS_PARSER_DEBUG ,  " CSSParser: <urange> start value had {} digits/?s, expected between 1 and 6. " ,  consumed_code_points ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    StringView  start_value_code_points  =  text . substring_view ( start_position ,  consumed_code_points ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //    If any U+003F QUESTION MARK (?) code points were consumed, then:
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( question_marks . length ( )  >  0 )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // 1. If there are any code points left in text, this is an invalid <urange>,
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        //    and this algorithm must exit.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( lexer . tell_remaining ( )  ! =  0 )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            dbgln_if ( CSS_PARSER_DEBUG ,  " CSSParser: <urange> invalid; had {} code points left over. " ,  lexer . tell_remaining ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // 2. Interpret the consumed code points as a hexadecimal number,
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        //    with the U+003F QUESTION MARK (?) code points replaced by U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) code points.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        //    This is the start value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  start_value_string  =  start_value_code_points . replace ( " ? " sv ,  " 0 " sv ,  ReplaceMode : : All ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  maybe_start_value  =  AK : : StringUtils : : convert_to_uint_from_hex < u32 > ( start_value_string ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! maybe_start_value . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            dbgln_if ( CSS_PARSER_DEBUG ,  " CSSParser: <urange> ?-converted start value did not parse as hex number. " ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        u32  start_value  =  maybe_start_value . release_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // 3. Interpret the consumed code points as a hexadecimal number again,
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        //    with the U+003F QUESTION MARK (?) code points replaced by U+0046 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F (F) code points.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        //    This is the end value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  end_value_string  =  start_value_code_points . replace ( " ? " sv ,  " F " sv ,  ReplaceMode : : All ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  maybe_end_value  =  AK : : StringUtils : : convert_to_uint_from_hex < u32 > ( end_value_string ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! maybe_end_value . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            dbgln_if ( CSS_PARSER_DEBUG ,  " CSSParser: <urange> ?-converted end value did not parse as hex number. " ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        u32  end_value  =  maybe_end_value . release_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // 4. Exit this algorithm.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  make_valid_unicode_range ( start_value ,  end_value ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //   Otherwise, interpret the consumed code points as a hexadecimal number. This is the start value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  maybe_start_value  =  AK : : StringUtils : : convert_to_uint_from_hex < u32 > ( start_value_code_points ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! maybe_start_value . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        dbgln_if ( CSS_PARSER_DEBUG ,  " CSSParser: <urange> start value did not parse as hex number. " ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    u32  start_value  =  maybe_start_value . release_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // 4. If there are no code points left in text, The end value is the same as the start value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //    Exit this algorithm.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( lexer . tell_remaining ( )  = =  0 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  make_valid_unicode_range ( start_value ,  start_value ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // 5. If the next code point in text is U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-), consume it.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( lexer . next_is ( ' - ' ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        lexer . consume ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //    Otherwise, this is an invalid <urange>, and this algorithm must exit.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    else  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        dbgln_if ( CSS_PARSER_DEBUG ,  " CSSParser: <urange> start and end values not separated by '-'. " ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // 6. Consume as many hex digits as possible from text.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  end_hex_digits  =  lexer . consume_while ( is_ascii_hex_digit ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //   If zero hex digits were consumed, or more than 6 hex digits were consumed,
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //   this is an invalid <urange>, and this algorithm must exit.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( end_hex_digits . length ( )  = =  0  | |  end_hex_digits . length ( )  >  6 )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        dbgln_if ( CSS_PARSER_DEBUG ,  " CSSParser: <urange> end value had {} digits, expected between 1 and 6. " ,  end_hex_digits . length ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //   If there are any code points left in text, this is an invalid <urange>, and this algorithm must exit.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( lexer . tell_remaining ( )  ! =  0 )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        dbgln_if ( CSS_PARSER_DEBUG ,  " CSSParser: <urange> invalid; had {} code points left over. " ,  lexer . tell_remaining ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // 7. Interpret the consumed code points as a hexadecimal number. This is the end value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  maybe_end_value  =  AK : : StringUtils : : convert_to_uint_from_hex < u32 > ( end_hex_digits ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! maybe_end_value . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        dbgln_if ( CSS_PARSER_DEBUG ,  " CSSParser: <urange> end value did not parse as hex number. " ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    u32  end_value  =  maybe_end_value . release_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  make_valid_unicode_range ( start_value ,  end_value ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Vector < Gfx : : UnicodeRange >  Parser : : parse_unicode_ranges ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    Vector < Gfx : : UnicodeRange >  unicode_ranges ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  range_token_lists  =  parse_a_comma_separated_list_of_component_values ( tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    for  ( auto &  range_tokens  :  range_token_lists )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        TokenStream  range_token_stream  {  range_tokens  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  maybe_unicode_range  =  parse_unicode_range ( range_token_stream ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! maybe_unicode_range . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            dbgln_if ( CSS_PARSER_DEBUG ,  " CSSParser: unicode-range format invalid; discarding. " ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        unicode_ranges . append ( maybe_unicode_range . release_value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  unicode_ranges ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_integer_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  const &  peek_token  =  tokens . next_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( peek_token . is ( Token : : Type : : Number )  & &  peek_token . token ( ) . number ( ) . is_integer ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . discard_a_token ( ) ;  // integer
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  IntegerStyleValue : : create ( peek_token . token ( ) . number ( ) . integer_value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  calc  =  parse_calculated_value ( peek_token ) ;  calc 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        & &  ( calc - > is_integer ( )  | |  ( calc - > is_calculated ( )  & &  calc - > as_calculated ( ) . resolves_to_number ( ) ) ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . discard_a_token ( ) ;  // calc
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  calc ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_number_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  const &  peek_token  =  tokens . next_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( peek_token . is ( Token : : Type : : Number ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . discard_a_token ( ) ;  // number
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  NumberStyleValue : : create ( peek_token . token ( ) . number ( ) . value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  calc  =  parse_calculated_value ( peek_token ) ;  calc 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        & &  ( calc - > is_number ( )  | |  ( calc - > is_calculated ( )  & &  calc - > as_calculated ( ) . resolves_to_number ( ) ) ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . discard_a_token ( ) ;  // calc
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  calc ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_number_percentage_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // Parses [<percentage> | <number>] (which is equivalent to [<alpha-value>])
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  value  =  parse_number_value ( tokens ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  value ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  value  =  parse_percentage_value ( tokens ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  value ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_number_percentage_none_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // Parses [<percentage> | <number> | none] (which is equivalent to [<alpha-value> | none])
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  value  =  parse_number_value ( tokens ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  value ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  value  =  parse_percentage_value ( tokens ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  value ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is_ident ( " none " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . discard_a_token ( ) ;  // keyword none
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  CSSKeywordValue : : create ( Keyword : : None ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_percentage_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  const &  peek_token  =  tokens . next_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( peek_token . is ( Token : : Type : : Percentage ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . discard_a_token ( ) ;  // percentage
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  PercentageStyleValue : : create ( Percentage ( peek_token . token ( ) . percentage ( ) ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  calc  =  parse_calculated_value ( peek_token ) ;  calc 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        & &  ( calc - > is_percentage ( )  | |  ( calc - > is_calculated ( )  & &  calc - > as_calculated ( ) . resolves_to_percentage ( ) ) ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . discard_a_token ( ) ;  // calc
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  calc ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_angle_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Dimension ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto &  dimension_token  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  angle_type  =  Angle : : unit_from_name ( dimension_token . dimension_unit ( ) ) ;  angle_type . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  AngleStyleValue : : create ( Angle  {  ( dimension_token . dimension_value ( ) ) ,  angle_type . release_value ( )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // https://svgwg.org/svg2-draft/types.html#presentation-attribute-css-value
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // When parsing an SVG attribute, an angle is allowed without a unit.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // FIXME: How should these numbers be interpreted? https://github.com/w3c/svgwg/issues/792
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //        For now: Convert to an angle in degrees.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-05 12:08:27 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Number )  & &  is_parsing_svg_presentation_attribute ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  numeric_value  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) . number_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  AngleStyleValue : : create ( Angle : : make_degrees ( numeric_value ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  calc  =  parse_calculated_value ( tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ) ;  calc 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        & &  ( calc - > is_angle ( )  | |  ( calc - > is_calculated ( )  & &  calc - > as_calculated ( ) . resolves_to_angle ( ) ) ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  calc ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_angle_percentage_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Dimension ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto &  dimension_token  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  angle_type  =  Angle : : unit_from_name ( dimension_token . dimension_unit ( ) ) ;  angle_type . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  AngleStyleValue : : create ( Angle  {  ( dimension_token . dimension_value ( ) ) ,  angle_type . release_value ( )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Percentage ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  PercentageStyleValue : : create ( Percentage  {  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) . percentage ( )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // https://svgwg.org/svg2-draft/types.html#presentation-attribute-css-value
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // When parsing an SVG attribute, an angle is allowed without a unit.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // FIXME: How should these numbers be interpreted? https://github.com/w3c/svgwg/issues/792
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //        For now: Convert to an angle in degrees.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-05 12:08:27 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Number )  & &  is_parsing_svg_presentation_attribute ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  numeric_value  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) . number_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  AngleStyleValue : : create ( Angle : : make_degrees ( numeric_value ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  calc  =  parse_calculated_value ( tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ) ;  calc 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        & &  ( calc - > is_angle ( )  | |  calc - > is_percentage ( )  | |  ( calc - > is_calculated ( )  & &  calc - > as_calculated ( ) . resolves_to_angle_percentage ( ) ) ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  calc ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_flex_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Dimension ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto &  dimension_token  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  flex_type  =  Flex : : unit_from_name ( dimension_token . dimension_unit ( ) ) ;  flex_type . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  FlexStyleValue : : create ( Flex  {  ( dimension_token . dimension_value ( ) ) ,  flex_type . release_value ( )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  calc  =  parse_calculated_value ( tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ) ;  calc 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        & &  ( calc - > is_flex ( )  | |  ( calc - > is_calculated ( )  & &  calc - > as_calculated ( ) . resolves_to_flex ( ) ) ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  calc ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_frequency_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Dimension ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto &  dimension_token  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  frequency_type  =  Frequency : : unit_from_name ( dimension_token . dimension_unit ( ) ) ;  frequency_type . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  FrequencyStyleValue : : create ( Frequency  {  ( dimension_token . dimension_value ( ) ) ,  frequency_type . release_value ( )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  calc  =  parse_calculated_value ( tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ) ;  calc 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        & &  ( calc - > is_frequency ( )  | |  ( calc - > is_calculated ( )  & &  calc - > as_calculated ( ) . resolves_to_frequency ( ) ) ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  calc ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_frequency_percentage_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Dimension ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto &  dimension_token  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  frequency_type  =  Frequency : : unit_from_name ( dimension_token . dimension_unit ( ) ) ;  frequency_type . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  FrequencyStyleValue : : create ( Frequency  {  ( dimension_token . dimension_value ( ) ) ,  frequency_type . release_value ( )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Percentage ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  PercentageStyleValue : : create ( Percentage  {  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) . percentage ( )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  calc  =  parse_calculated_value ( tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ) ;  calc 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        & &  ( calc - > is_frequency ( )  | |  calc - > is_percentage ( )  | |  ( calc - > is_calculated ( )  & &  calc - > as_calculated ( ) . resolves_to_frequency_percentage ( ) ) ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  calc ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_length_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Dimension ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto &  dimension_token  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  length_type  =  Length : : unit_from_name ( dimension_token . dimension_unit ( ) ) ;  length_type . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  LengthStyleValue : : create ( Length  {  ( dimension_token . dimension_value ( ) ) ,  length_type . release_value ( )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Number ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  numeric_value  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) . number_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( numeric_value  = =  0 )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  LengthStyleValue : : create ( Length : : make_px ( 0 ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( context_allows_quirky_length ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  LengthStyleValue : : create ( Length : : make_px ( CSSPixels : : nearest_value_for ( numeric_value ) ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // https://svgwg.org/svg2-draft/types.html#presentation-attribute-css-value
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // When parsing an SVG attribute, a length is allowed without a unit.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // FIXME: How should these numbers be interpreted? https://github.com/w3c/svgwg/issues/792
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        //        For now: Convert to a length in pixels.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-05 12:08:27 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( is_parsing_svg_presentation_attribute ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  LengthStyleValue : : create ( Length : : make_px ( CSSPixels : : nearest_value_for ( numeric_value ) ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  calc  =  parse_calculated_value ( tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ) ;  calc 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        & &  ( calc - > is_length ( )  | |  ( calc - > is_calculated ( )  & &  calc - > as_calculated ( ) . resolves_to_length ( ) ) ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  calc ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_length_percentage_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Dimension ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto &  dimension_token  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  length_type  =  Length : : unit_from_name ( dimension_token . dimension_unit ( ) ) ;  length_type . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  LengthStyleValue : : create ( Length  {  ( dimension_token . dimension_value ( ) ) ,  length_type . release_value ( )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Percentage ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  PercentageStyleValue : : create ( Percentage  {  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) . percentage ( )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Number ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  numeric_value  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) . number_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( numeric_value  = =  0 )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  LengthStyleValue : : create ( Length : : make_px ( 0 ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( context_allows_quirky_length ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  LengthStyleValue : : create ( Length : : make_px ( CSSPixels : : nearest_value_for ( numeric_value ) ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // https://svgwg.org/svg2-draft/types.html#presentation-attribute-css-value
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // When parsing an SVG attribute, a length is allowed without a unit.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // FIXME: How should these numbers be interpreted? https://github.com/w3c/svgwg/issues/792
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        //        For now: Convert to a length in pixels.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-05 12:08:27 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( is_parsing_svg_presentation_attribute ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  LengthStyleValue : : create ( Length : : make_px ( CSSPixels : : nearest_value_for ( numeric_value ) ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  calc  =  parse_calculated_value ( tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ) ;  calc 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        & &  ( calc - > is_length ( )  | |  calc - > is_percentage ( )  | |  ( calc - > is_calculated ( )  & &  calc - > as_calculated ( ) . resolves_to_length_percentage ( ) ) ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  calc ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_resolution_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Dimension ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto &  dimension_token  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  resolution_type  =  Resolution : : unit_from_name ( dimension_token . dimension_unit ( ) ) ;  resolution_type . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  ResolutionStyleValue : : create ( Resolution  {  ( dimension_token . dimension_value ( ) ) ,  resolution_type . release_value ( )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  calc  =  parse_calculated_value ( tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ) ;  calc 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        & &  ( calc - > is_resolution ( )  | |  ( calc - > is_calculated ( )  & &  calc - > as_calculated ( ) . resolves_to_resolution ( ) ) ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  calc ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_time_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Dimension ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto &  dimension_token  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  time_type  =  Time : : unit_from_name ( dimension_token . dimension_unit ( ) ) ;  time_type . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  TimeStyleValue : : create ( Time  {  ( dimension_token . dimension_value ( ) ) ,  time_type . release_value ( )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  calc  =  parse_calculated_value ( tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ) ;  calc 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        & &  ( calc - > is_time ( )  | |  ( calc - > is_calculated ( )  & &  calc - > as_calculated ( ) . resolves_to_time ( ) ) ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  calc ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_time_percentage_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Dimension ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto &  dimension_token  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  time_type  =  Time : : unit_from_name ( dimension_token . dimension_unit ( ) ) ;  time_type . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  TimeStyleValue : : create ( Time  {  ( dimension_token . dimension_value ( ) ) ,  time_type . release_value ( )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Percentage ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  PercentageStyleValue : : create ( Percentage  {  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) . percentage ( )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  calc  =  parse_calculated_value ( tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ) ;  calc 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        & &  ( calc - > is_time ( )  | |  calc - > is_percentage ( )  | |  ( calc - > is_calculated ( )  & &  calc - > as_calculated ( ) . resolves_to_time_percentage ( ) ) ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  calc ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_keyword_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  const &  peek_token  =  tokens . next_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( peek_token . is ( Token : : Type : : Ident ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  keyword  =  keyword_from_string ( peek_token . token ( ) . ident ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( keyword . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            tokens . discard_a_token ( ) ;  // ident
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  CSSKeywordValue : : create ( keyword . value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS2/visufx.html#value-def-shape
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_rect_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  const &  function_token  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! function_token . is_function ( " rect " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  context_guard  =  push_temporary_value_parsing_context ( FunctionContext  {  " rect " sv  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    Vector < Length ,  4 >  params ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  argument_tokens  =  TokenStream  {  function_token . function ( ) . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    enum  class  CommaRequirement  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        Unknown , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        RequiresCommas , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        RequiresNoCommas 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    enum  class  Side  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        Top  =  0 , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        Right  =  1 , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        Bottom  =  2 , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        Left  =  3 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  comma_requirement  =  CommaRequirement : : Unknown ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // In CSS 2.1, the only valid <shape> value is: rect(<top>, <right>, <bottom>, <left>) where
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // <top> and <bottom> specify offsets from the top border edge of the box, and <right>, and
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //  <left> specify offsets from the left border edge of the box.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    for  ( size_t  side  =  0 ;  side  <  4 ;  side + + )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        argument_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // <top>, <right>, <bottom>, and <left> may either have a <length> value or 'auto'.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // Negative lengths are permitted.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( argument_tokens . next_token ( ) . is_ident ( " auto " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            ( void ) argument_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ;  // `auto`
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            params . append ( Length : : make_auto ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  maybe_length  =  parse_length ( argument_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! maybe_length . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( maybe_length . value ( ) . is_calculated ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                dbgln ( " FIXME: Support calculated lengths in rect(): {} " ,  maybe_length . value ( ) . calculated ( ) - > to_string ( CSS : : CSSStyleValue : : SerializationMode : : Normal ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            params . append ( maybe_length . value ( ) . value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        argument_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // The last side, should be no more tokens following it.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( static_cast < Side > ( side )  = =  Side : : Left )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( argument_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            break ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        bool  next_is_comma  =  argument_tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Comma ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // Authors should separate offset values with commas. User agents must support separation
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // with commas, but may also support separation without commas (but not a combination),
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // because a previous revision of this specification was ambiguous in this respect.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( comma_requirement  = =  CommaRequirement : : Unknown ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            comma_requirement  =  next_is_comma  ?  CommaRequirement : : RequiresCommas  :  CommaRequirement : : RequiresNoCommas ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( comma_requirement  = =  CommaRequirement : : RequiresCommas )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( next_is_comma ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                argument_tokens . discard_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            else 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  if  ( comma_requirement  = =  CommaRequirement : : RequiresNoCommas )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( next_is_comma ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            VERIFY_NOT_REACHED ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  RectStyleValue : : create ( EdgeRect  {  params [ 0 ] ,  params [ 1 ] ,  params [ 2 ] ,  params [ 3 ]  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://www.w3.org/TR/css-color-4/#typedef-hue
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_hue_none_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // Parses [<hue> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //   <hue> = <number> | <angle>
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  angle  =  parse_angle_value ( tokens ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  angle ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  number  =  parse_number_value ( tokens ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  number ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is_ident ( " none " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . discard_a_token ( ) ;  // keyword none
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  CSSKeywordValue : : create ( Keyword : : None ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://www.w3.org/TR/css-color-4/#typedef-color-alpha-value
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_solidus_and_alpha_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // [ / [<alpha-value> | none] ]?
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // <alpha-value> = <number> | <percentage>
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // Common to the modern-syntax color functions.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . is_delim ( ' / ' ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  alpha  =  parse_number_percentage_none_value ( tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! alpha ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  alpha ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://www.w3.org/TR/css-color-4/#funcdef-rgb
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_rgb_color_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  outer_tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // rgb() = [ <legacy-rgb-syntax> | <modern-rgb-syntax> ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // rgba() = [ <legacy-rgba-syntax> | <modern-rgba-syntax> ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // <legacy-rgb-syntax> = rgb( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) |
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //                       rgb( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // <legacy-rgba-syntax> = rgba( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) |
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //                        rgba( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // <modern-rgb-syntax> = rgb(
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [ <number> | <percentage> | none]{3}
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [ / [<alpha-value> | none] ]?  )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // <modern-rgba-syntax> = rgba(
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [ <number> | <percentage> | none]{3}
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [ / [<alpha-value> | none] ]?  )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  outer_tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    outer_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto &  function_token  =  outer_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! function_token . is_function ( " rgb " sv )  & &  ! function_token . is_function ( " rgba " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  context_guard  =  push_temporary_value_parsing_context ( FunctionContext  {  function_token . function ( ) . name  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  red ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  green ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  blue ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  alpha ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  inner_tokens  =  TokenStream  {  function_token . function ( ) . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    red  =  parse_number_percentage_none_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! red ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    bool  legacy_syntax  =  inner_tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Comma ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( legacy_syntax )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // Legacy syntax
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        //   <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>?
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        //   | <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>?
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // So, r/g/b can be numbers or percentages, as long as they're all the same type.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // We accepted the 'none' keyword when parsing the red value, but it's not allowed in the legacy syntax.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( red - > is_keyword ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        inner_tokens . discard_a_token ( ) ;  // comma
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        green  =  parse_number_percentage_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! green ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! inner_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Comma ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        blue  =  parse_number_percentage_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! blue ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( inner_tokens . has_next_token ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // Try and read comma and alpha
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! inner_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Comma ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            alpha  =  parse_number_percentage_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! alpha ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( inner_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // Verify we're all percentages or all numbers
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  is_percentage  =  [ ] ( CSSStyleValue  const &  style_value )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  style_value . is_percentage ( ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                | |  ( style_value . is_calculated ( )  & &  style_value . as_calculated ( ) . resolves_to_percentage ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        bool  red_is_percentage  =  is_percentage ( * red ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        bool  green_is_percentage  =  is_percentage ( * green ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        bool  blue_is_percentage  =  is_percentage ( * blue ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( red_is_percentage  ! =  green_is_percentage  | |  red_is_percentage  ! =  blue_is_percentage ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    }  else  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // Modern syntax
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        //   [ <number> | <percentage> | none]{3}  [ / [<alpha-value> | none] ]?
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        green  =  parse_number_percentage_none_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! green ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        blue  =  parse_number_percentage_none_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! blue ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( inner_tokens . has_next_token ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            alpha  =  parse_solidus_and_alpha_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! alpha  | |  inner_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! alpha ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        alpha  =  NumberStyleValue : : create ( 1 ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  CSSRGB : : create ( red . release_nonnull ( ) ,  green . release_nonnull ( ) ,  blue . release_nonnull ( ) ,  alpha . release_nonnull ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://www.w3.org/TR/css-color-4/#funcdef-hsl
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_hsl_color_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  outer_tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // hsl() = [ <legacy-hsl-syntax> | <modern-hsl-syntax> ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // hsla() = [ <legacy-hsla-syntax> | <modern-hsla-syntax> ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // <modern-hsl-syntax> = hsl(
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [<hue> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [<percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [<percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [ / [<alpha-value> | none] ]? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // <modern-hsla-syntax> = hsla(
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [<hue> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [<percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [<percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [ / [<alpha-value> | none] ]? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // <legacy-hsl-syntax> = hsl( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // <legacy-hsla-syntax> = hsla( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  outer_tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    outer_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto &  function_token  =  outer_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! function_token . is_function ( " hsl " sv )  & &  ! function_token . is_function ( " hsla " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  context_guard  =  push_temporary_value_parsing_context ( FunctionContext  {  function_token . function ( ) . name  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  h ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  s ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  l ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  alpha ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  inner_tokens  =  TokenStream  {  function_token . function ( ) . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    h  =  parse_hue_none_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! h ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    bool  legacy_syntax  =  inner_tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Comma ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( legacy_syntax )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // Legacy syntax
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        //   <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>?
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // We accepted the 'none' keyword when parsing the h value, but it's not allowed in the legacy syntax.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( h - > is_keyword ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        ( void ) inner_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ;  // comma
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        s  =  parse_percentage_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! s ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! inner_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Comma ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        l  =  parse_percentage_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! l ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( inner_tokens . has_next_token ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // Try and read comma and alpha
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! inner_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Comma ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            alpha  =  parse_number_percentage_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // The parser has consumed a comma, so the alpha value is now required
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! alpha ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( inner_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    }  else  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // Modern syntax
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        //   [<hue> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        //   [<percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        //   [<percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        //   [ / [<alpha-value> | none] ]?
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        s  =  parse_number_percentage_none_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! s ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        l  =  parse_number_percentage_none_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! l ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( inner_tokens . has_next_token ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            alpha  =  parse_solidus_and_alpha_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! alpha  | |  inner_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! alpha ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        alpha  =  NumberStyleValue : : create ( 1 ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  CSSHSL : : create ( h . release_nonnull ( ) ,  s . release_nonnull ( ) ,  l . release_nonnull ( ) ,  alpha . release_nonnull ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://www.w3.org/TR/css-color-4/#funcdef-hwb
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_hwb_color_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  outer_tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // hwb() = hwb(
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [<hue> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [<percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [<percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [ / [<alpha-value> | none] ]? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  outer_tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    outer_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto &  function_token  =  outer_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! function_token . is_function ( " hwb " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  context_guard  =  push_temporary_value_parsing_context ( FunctionContext  {  function_token . function ( ) . name  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  h ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  w ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  b ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  alpha ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  inner_tokens  =  TokenStream  {  function_token . function ( ) . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    h  =  parse_hue_none_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! h ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    w  =  parse_number_percentage_none_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! w ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    b  =  parse_number_percentage_none_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! b ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( inner_tokens . has_next_token ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        alpha  =  parse_solidus_and_alpha_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! alpha  | |  inner_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! alpha ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        alpha  =  NumberStyleValue : : create ( 1 ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  CSSHWB : : create ( h . release_nonnull ( ) ,  w . release_nonnull ( ) ,  b . release_nonnull ( ) ,  alpha . release_nonnull ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < Array < RefPtr < CSSStyleValue > ,  4 > >  Parser : : parse_lab_like_color_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  outer_tokens ,  StringView  function_name ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // This helper is designed to be compatible with lab and oklab and parses a function with a form like:
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // f() = f( [ <percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [ <percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [ <percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [ / [<alpha-value> | none] ]? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  outer_tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    outer_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto &  function_token  =  outer_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! function_token . is_function ( function_name ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  OptionalNone  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  l ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  a ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  b ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  alpha ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  inner_tokens  =  TokenStream  {  function_token . function ( ) . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    l  =  parse_number_percentage_none_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! l ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  OptionalNone  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    a  =  parse_number_percentage_none_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! a ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  OptionalNone  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    b  =  parse_number_percentage_none_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! b ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  OptionalNone  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( inner_tokens . has_next_token ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        alpha  =  parse_solidus_and_alpha_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! alpha  | |  inner_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  OptionalNone  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! alpha ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        alpha  =  NumberStyleValue : : create ( 1 ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  Array  {  move ( l ) ,  move ( a ) ,  move ( b ) ,  move ( alpha )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://www.w3.org/TR/css-color-4/#funcdef-lab
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_lab_color_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  outer_tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // lab() = lab( [<percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //      [ <percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //      [ <percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //      [ / [<alpha-value> | none] ]? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  maybe_color_values  =  parse_lab_like_color_value ( outer_tokens ,  " lab " sv ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! maybe_color_values . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto &  color_values  =  * maybe_color_values ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  CSSLabLike : : create < CSSLab > ( color_values [ 0 ] . release_nonnull ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        color_values [ 1 ] . release_nonnull ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        color_values [ 2 ] . release_nonnull ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        color_values [ 3 ] . release_nonnull ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://www.w3.org/TR/css-color-4/#funcdef-oklab
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_oklab_color_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  outer_tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // oklab() = oklab( [ <percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [ <percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [ <percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [ / [<alpha-value> | none] ]? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  maybe_color_values  =  parse_lab_like_color_value ( outer_tokens ,  " oklab " sv ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! maybe_color_values . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto &  color_values  =  * maybe_color_values ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  CSSLabLike : : create < CSSOKLab > ( color_values [ 0 ] . release_nonnull ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        color_values [ 1 ] . release_nonnull ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        color_values [ 2 ] . release_nonnull ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        color_values [ 3 ] . release_nonnull ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < Array < RefPtr < CSSStyleValue > ,  4 > >  Parser : : parse_lch_like_color_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  outer_tokens ,  StringView  function_name ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // This helper is designed to be compatible with lch and oklch and parses a function with a form like:
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // f() = f( [<percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [ <percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [ <hue> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [ / [<alpha-value> | none] ]? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  outer_tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    outer_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  const &  function_token  =  outer_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! function_token . is_function ( function_name ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  OptionalNone  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  inner_tokens  =  TokenStream  {  function_token . function ( ) . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  l  =  parse_number_percentage_none_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! l ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  OptionalNone  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  c  =  parse_number_percentage_none_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! c ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  OptionalNone  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  h  =  parse_hue_none_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! h ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  OptionalNone  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  alpha ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( inner_tokens . has_next_token ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        alpha  =  parse_solidus_and_alpha_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! alpha  | |  inner_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  OptionalNone  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! alpha ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        alpha  =  NumberStyleValue : : create ( 1 ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  Array  {  move ( l ) ,  move ( c ) ,  move ( h ) ,  move ( alpha )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://www.w3.org/TR/css-color-4/#funcdef-lch
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_lch_color_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  outer_tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // lch() = lch( [<percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //      [ <percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //      [ <hue> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //      [ / [<alpha-value> | none] ]? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  maybe_color_values  =  parse_lch_like_color_value ( outer_tokens ,  " lch " sv ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! maybe_color_values . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto &  color_values  =  * maybe_color_values ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  CSSLCHLike : : create < CSSLCH > ( color_values [ 0 ] . release_nonnull ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        color_values [ 1 ] . release_nonnull ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        color_values [ 2 ] . release_nonnull ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        color_values [ 3 ] . release_nonnull ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://www.w3.org/TR/css-color-4/#funcdef-oklch
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_oklch_color_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  outer_tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // oklch() = oklch( [ <percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [ <percentage> | <number> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [ <hue> | none]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [ / [<alpha-value> | none] ]? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  maybe_color_values  =  parse_lch_like_color_value ( outer_tokens ,  " oklch " sv ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! maybe_color_values . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto &  color_values  =  * maybe_color_values ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  CSSLCHLike : : create < CSSOKLCH > ( color_values [ 0 ] . release_nonnull ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        color_values [ 1 ] . release_nonnull ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        color_values [ 2 ] . release_nonnull ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        color_values [ 3 ] . release_nonnull ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://www.w3.org/TR/css-color-4/#funcdef-color
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_color_function ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  outer_tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // color() = color( <colorspace-params> [ / [ <alpha-value> | none ] ]? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     <colorspace-params> = [ <predefined-rgb-params> | <xyz-params>]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     <predefined-rgb-params> = <predefined-rgb> [ <number> | <percentage> | none ]{3}
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     <predefined-rgb> = srgb | srgb-linear | display-p3 | a98-rgb | prophoto-rgb | rec2020
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     <xyz-params> = <xyz-space> [ <number> | <percentage> | none ]{3}
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     <xyz-space> = xyz | xyz-d50 | xyz-d65
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  outer_tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    outer_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  const &  function_token  =  outer_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! function_token . is_function ( " color " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  context_guard  =  push_temporary_value_parsing_context ( FunctionContext  {  function_token . function ( ) . name  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  inner_tokens  =  TokenStream  {  function_token . function ( ) . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  const &  maybe_color_space  =  inner_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! any_of ( CSSColor : : s_supported_color_space ,  [ & ] ( auto  supported )  {  return  maybe_color_space . is_ident ( supported ) ;  } ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  const &  color_space  =  maybe_color_space . token ( ) . ident ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  c1  =  parse_number_percentage_none_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! c1 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  c2  =  parse_number_percentage_none_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! c2 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  c3  =  parse_number_percentage_none_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! c3 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  alpha ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( inner_tokens . has_next_token ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        alpha  =  parse_solidus_and_alpha_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! alpha  | |  inner_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! alpha ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        alpha  =  NumberStyleValue : : create ( 1 ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  CSSColor : : create ( color_space . to_ascii_lowercase ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        c1 . release_nonnull ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        c2 . release_nonnull ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        c3 . release_nonnull ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        alpha . release_nonnull ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://drafts.csswg.org/css-color-5/#funcdef-light-dark
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_light_dark_color_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  outer_tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  outer_tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    outer_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  const &  function_token  =  outer_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! function_token . is_function ( " light-dark " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  inner_tokens  =  TokenStream  {  function_token . function ( ) . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  light  =  parse_color_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! light ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! inner_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Comma ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  dark  =  parse_color_value ( inner_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! dark ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    inner_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( inner_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  CSSLightDark : : create ( light . release_nonnull ( ) ,  dark . release_nonnull ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://www.w3.org/TR/css-color-4/#color-syntax
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_color_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // Keywords: <system-color> | <deprecated-color> | currentColor
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  keyword  =  parse_keyword_value ( tokens ) ;  keyword  & &  keyword - > has_color ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  keyword ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // Functions
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  color  =  parse_color_function ( tokens ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  color ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  rgb  =  parse_rgb_color_value ( tokens ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  rgb ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  hsl  =  parse_hsl_color_value ( tokens ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  hsl ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  hwb  =  parse_hwb_color_value ( tokens ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  hwb ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  lab  =  parse_lab_color_value ( tokens ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  lab ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  lch  =  parse_lch_color_value ( tokens ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  lch ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  oklab  =  parse_oklab_color_value ( tokens ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  oklab ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  oklch  =  parse_oklch_color_value ( tokens ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  oklch ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  light_dark  =  parse_light_dark_color_value ( tokens ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  light_dark ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  const &  component_value  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( component_value . is ( Token : : Type : : Ident ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  ident  =  component_value . token ( ) . ident ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  color  =  Color : : from_string ( ident ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( color . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  CSSColorValue : : create_from_color ( color . release_value ( ) ,  ident ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // Otherwise, fall through to the hashless-hex-color case
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( component_value . is ( Token : : Type : : Hash ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  color  =  Color : : from_string ( MUST ( String : : formatted ( " #{} " ,  component_value . token ( ) . hash_value ( ) ) ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( color . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  CSSColorValue : : create_from_color ( color . release_value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // https://drafts.csswg.org/css-color-4/#quirky-color
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-05 12:08:27 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( in_quirks_mode ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // "When CSS is being parsed in quirks mode, <quirky-color> is a type of <color> that is only valid in certain properties:"
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // (NOTE: List skipped for brevity; quirks data is assigned in Properties.json)
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // "It is not valid in properties that include or reference these properties, such as the background shorthand,
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // or inside functional notations such as color-mix()"
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        bool  quirky_color_allowed  =  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! m_value_context . is_empty ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            quirky_color_allowed  =  m_value_context . first ( ) . visit ( 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                [ ] ( PropertyID  const &  property_id )  {  return  property_has_quirk ( property_id ,  Quirk : : HashlessHexColor ) ;  } , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                [ ] ( FunctionContext  const & )  {  return  false ;  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        for  ( auto  i  =  1u ;  i  <  m_value_context . size ( )  & &  quirky_color_allowed ;  i + + )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            quirky_color_allowed  =  m_value_context [ i ] . visit ( 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                [ ] ( PropertyID  const &  property_id )  {  return  property_has_quirk ( property_id ,  Quirk : : UnitlessLength ) ;  } , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                [ ] ( FunctionContext  const & )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( quirky_color_allowed )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // NOTE: This algorithm is no longer in the spec, since the concept got moved and renamed. However, it works,
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            //       and so we might as well keep using it.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // The value of a quirky color is obtained from the possible component values using the following algorithm,
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // aborting on the first step that returns a value:
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // 1. Let cv be the component value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  const &  cv  =  component_value ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            String  serialization ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // 2. If cv is a <number-token> or a <dimension-token>, follow these substeps:
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( cv . is ( Token : : Type : : Number )  | |  cv . is ( Token : : Type : : Dimension ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								                // 1. If cv’  s type flag is not "integer", return an error.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                //    This means that values that happen to use scientific notation, e.g., 5e5e5e, will fail to parse.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( ! cv . token ( ) . number ( ) . is_integer ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								                // 2. If cv’  s value is less than zero, return an error.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                auto  value  =  cv . is ( Token : : Type : : Number )  ?  cv . token ( ) . to_integer ( )  :  cv . token ( ) . dimension_value_int ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( value  <  0 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								                // 3. Let serialization be the serialization of cv’  s value, as a base-ten integer using digits 0-9 (U+0030 to U+0039) in the shortest form possible.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                StringBuilder  serialization_builder ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                serialization_builder . appendff ( " {} " ,  value ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                // 4. If cv is a <dimension-token>, append the unit to serialization.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( cv . is ( Token : : Type : : Dimension ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    serialization_builder . append ( cv . token ( ) . dimension_unit ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                // 5. If serialization consists of fewer than six characters, prepend zeros (U+0030) so that it becomes six characters.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                serialization  =  MUST ( serialization_builder . to_string ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( serialization_builder . length ( )  <  6 )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    StringBuilder  builder ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    for  ( size_t  i  =  0 ;  i  <  ( 6  -  serialization_builder . length ( ) ) ;  i + + ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                        builder . append ( ' 0 ' ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    builder . append ( serialization_builder . string_view ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    serialization  =  MUST ( builder . to_string ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								            // 3. Otherwise, cv is an <ident-token>; let serialization be cv’  s value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            else  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( ! cv . is ( Token : : Type : : Ident ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                serialization  =  cv . token ( ) . ident ( ) . to_string ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // 4. If serialization does not consist of three or six characters, return an error.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( serialization . bytes ( ) . size ( )  ! =  3  & &  serialization . bytes ( ) . size ( )  ! =  6 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // 5. If serialization contains any characters not in the range [0-9A-Fa-f] (U+0030 to U+0039, U+0041 to U+0046, U+0061 to U+0066), return an error.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            for  ( auto  c  :  serialization . bytes_as_string_view ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( ! ( ( c  > =  ' 0 '  & &  c  < =  ' 9 ' )  | |  ( c  > =  ' A '  & &  c  < =  ' F ' )  | |  ( c  > =  ' a '  & &  c  < =  ' f ' ) ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // 6. Return the concatenation of "#" (U+0023) and serialization.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  color  =  Color : : from_string ( MUST ( String : : formatted ( " #{} " ,  serialization ) ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( color . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  CSSColorValue : : create_from_color ( color . release_value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://drafts.csswg.org/css-lists-3/#counter-functions
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_counter_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  parse_counter_name  =  [ this ] ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens )  - >  Optional < FlyString >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // https://drafts.csswg.org/css-lists-3/#typedef-counter-name
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // Counters are referred to in CSS syntax using the <counter-name> type, which represents
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // their name as a <custom-ident>. A <counter-name> name cannot match the keyword none;
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // such an identifier is invalid as a <counter-name>.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-25 11:46:52 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  counter_name  =  parse_custom_ident_value ( tokens ,  {  {  " none " sv  }  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! counter_name ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  counter_name - > custom_ident ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  parse_counter_style  =  [ this ] ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens )  - >  RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // https://drafts.csswg.org/css-counter-styles-3/#typedef-counter-style
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // <counter-style> = <counter-style-name> | <symbols()>
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // For now we just support <counter-style-name>, found here:
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // https://drafts.csswg.org/css-counter-styles-3/#typedef-counter-style-name
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // <counter-style-name> is a <custom-ident> that is not an ASCII case-insensitive match for none.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-25 11:46:52 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  counter_style_name  =  parse_custom_ident_value ( tokens ,  {  {  " none " sv  }  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! counter_style_name ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  counter_style_name . release_nonnull ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  const &  token  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( token . is_function ( " counter " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // counter() = counter( <counter-name>, <counter-style>? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto &  function  =  token . function ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  context_guard  =  push_temporary_value_parsing_context ( FunctionContext  {  function . name  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        TokenStream  function_tokens  {  function . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  function_values  =  parse_a_comma_separated_list_of_component_values ( function_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( function_values . is_empty ( )  | |  function_values . size ( )  >  2 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        TokenStream  name_tokens  {  function_values [ 0 ]  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  counter_name  =  parse_counter_name ( name_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! counter_name . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  counter_style ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( function_values . size ( )  >  1 )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            TokenStream  counter_style_tokens  {  function_values [ 1 ]  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            counter_style  =  parse_counter_style ( counter_style_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! counter_style ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // In both cases, if the <counter-style> argument is omitted it defaults to `decimal`.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            counter_style  =  CustomIdentStyleValue : : create ( " decimal " _fly_string ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  CounterStyleValue : : create_counter ( counter_name . release_value ( ) ,  counter_style . release_nonnull ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( token . is_function ( " counters " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // counters() = counters( <counter-name>, <string>, <counter-style>? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto &  function  =  token . function ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  context_guard  =  push_temporary_value_parsing_context ( FunctionContext  {  function . name  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        TokenStream  function_tokens  {  function . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  function_values  =  parse_a_comma_separated_list_of_component_values ( function_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( function_values . size ( )  <  2  | |  function_values . size ( )  >  3 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        TokenStream  name_tokens  {  function_values [ 0 ]  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  counter_name  =  parse_counter_name ( name_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! counter_name . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        TokenStream  string_tokens  {  function_values [ 1 ]  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        string_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  join_string  =  parse_string_value ( string_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        string_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! join_string  | |  string_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  counter_style ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( function_values . size ( )  >  2 )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            TokenStream  counter_style_tokens  {  function_values [ 2 ]  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            counter_style  =  parse_counter_style ( counter_style_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! counter_style ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // In both cases, if the <counter-style> argument is omitted it defaults to `decimal`.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            counter_style  =  CustomIdentStyleValue : : create ( " decimal " _fly_string ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  CounterStyleValue : : create_counters ( counter_name . release_value ( ) ,  join_string - > string_value ( ) ,  counter_style . release_nonnull ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_ratio_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  ratio  =  parse_ratio ( tokens ) ;  ratio . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  RatioStyleValue : : create ( ratio . release_value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < StringStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_string_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  const &  peek  =  tokens . next_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( peek . is ( Token : : Type : : String ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . discard_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  StringStyleValue : : create ( peek . token ( ) . string ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_image_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  url  =  parse_url_function ( tokens ) ;  url . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  ImageStyleValue : : create ( url . value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  linear_gradient  =  parse_linear_gradient_function ( tokens ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  linear_gradient ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  conic_gradient  =  parse_conic_gradient_function ( tokens ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  conic_gradient ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  radial_gradient  =  parse_radial_gradient_function ( tokens ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  radial_gradient ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://svgwg.org/svg2-draft/painting.html#SpecifyingPaint
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_paint_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // `<paint> = none | <color> | <url> [none | <color>]? | context-fill | context-stroke`
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  parse_color_or_none  =  [ & ] ( )  - >  Optional < RefPtr < CSSStyleValue > >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  color  =  parse_color_value ( tokens ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  color ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // NOTE: <color> also accepts identifiers, so we do this identifier check last.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Ident ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  maybe_keyword  =  keyword_from_string ( tokens . next_token ( ) . token ( ) . ident ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( maybe_keyword . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                // FIXME: Accept `context-fill` and `context-stroke`
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                switch  ( * maybe_keyword )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                case  Keyword : : None : 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    tokens . discard_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  CSSKeywordValue : : create ( * maybe_keyword ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                default : 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  OptionalNone  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // FIMXE: Allow context-fill/context-stroke here
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  color_or_none  =  parse_color_or_none ( ) ;  color_or_none . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  * color_or_none ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  url  =  parse_url_value ( tokens ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  color_or_none  =  parse_color_or_none ( ) ;  color_or_none  = =  nullptr )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // Fail to parse if the fallback is invalid, but otherwise ignore it.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // FIXME: Use fallback color
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  url ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://www.w3.org/TR/css-values-4/#position
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < PositionStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_position_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ,  PositionParsingMode  position_parsing_mode ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  parse_position_edge  =  [ ] ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens )  - >  Optional < PositionEdge >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto &  token  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! token . is ( Token : : Type : : Ident ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  keyword  =  keyword_from_string ( token . token ( ) . ident ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! keyword . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  keyword_to_position_edge ( * keyword ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  is_horizontal  =  [ ] ( PositionEdge  edge ,  bool  accept_center )  - >  bool  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        switch  ( edge )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        case  PositionEdge : : Left : 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        case  PositionEdge : : Right : 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        case  PositionEdge : : Center : 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  accept_center ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        default : 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  is_vertical  =  [ ] ( PositionEdge  edge ,  bool  accept_center )  - >  bool  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        switch  ( edge )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        case  PositionEdge : : Top : 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        case  PositionEdge : : Bottom : 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        case  PositionEdge : : Center : 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  accept_center ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        default : 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // <position> = [
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //   [ left | center | right | top | bottom | <length-percentage> ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // |
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //   [ left | center | right ] && [ top | center | bottom ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // |
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //   [ left | center | right | <length-percentage> ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //   [ top | center | bottom | <length-percentage> ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // |
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //   [ [ left | right ] <length-percentage> ] &&
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //   [ [ top | bottom ] <length-percentage> ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // [ left | center | right | top | bottom | <length-percentage> ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  alternative_1  =  [ & ] ( )  - >  RefPtr < PositionStyleValue >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // [ left | center | right | top | bottom ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  maybe_edge  =  parse_position_edge ( tokens ) ;  maybe_edge . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  edge  =  maybe_edge . release_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // [ left | right ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( is_horizontal ( edge ,  false ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  PositionStyleValue : : create ( EdgeStyleValue : : create ( edge ,  { } ) ,  EdgeStyleValue : : create ( PositionEdge : : Center ,  { } ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // [ top | bottom ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( is_vertical ( edge ,  false ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  PositionStyleValue : : create ( EdgeStyleValue : : create ( PositionEdge : : Center ,  { } ) ,  EdgeStyleValue : : create ( edge ,  { } ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // [ center ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            VERIFY ( edge  = =  PositionEdge : : Center ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  PositionStyleValue : : create ( EdgeStyleValue : : create ( PositionEdge : : Center ,  { } ) ,  EdgeStyleValue : : create ( PositionEdge : : Center ,  { } ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // [ <length-percentage> ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  maybe_percentage  =  parse_length_percentage ( tokens ) ;  maybe_percentage . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  PositionStyleValue : : create ( EdgeStyleValue : : create ( { } ,  * maybe_percentage ) ,  EdgeStyleValue : : create ( PositionEdge : : Center ,  { } ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // [ left | center | right ] && [ top | center | bottom ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  alternative_2  =  [ & ] ( )  - >  RefPtr < PositionStyleValue >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // Parse out two position edges
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  maybe_first_edge  =  parse_position_edge ( tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! maybe_first_edge . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  first_edge  =  maybe_first_edge . release_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  maybe_second_edge  =  parse_position_edge ( tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! maybe_second_edge . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  second_edge  =  maybe_second_edge . release_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // If 'left' or 'right' is given, that position is X and the other is Y.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // Conversely -
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // If 'top' or 'bottom' is given, that position is Y and the other is X.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( is_vertical ( first_edge ,  false )  | |  is_horizontal ( second_edge ,  false ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            swap ( first_edge ,  second_edge ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // [ left | center | right ] [ top | bottom | center ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( is_horizontal ( first_edge ,  true )  & &  is_vertical ( second_edge ,  true ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  PositionStyleValue : : create ( EdgeStyleValue : : create ( first_edge ,  { } ) ,  EdgeStyleValue : : create ( second_edge ,  { } ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // [ left | center | right | <length-percentage> ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // [ top | center | bottom | <length-percentage> ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  alternative_3  =  [ & ] ( )  - >  RefPtr < PositionStyleValue >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  parse_position_or_length  =  [ & ] ( bool  as_horizontal )  - >  RefPtr < EdgeStyleValue >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( auto  maybe_position  =  parse_position_edge ( tokens ) ;  maybe_position . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                auto  position  =  maybe_position . release_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                bool  valid  =  as_horizontal  ?  is_horizontal ( position ,  true )  :  is_vertical ( position ,  true ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( ! valid ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  EdgeStyleValue : : create ( position ,  { } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  maybe_length  =  parse_length_percentage ( tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! maybe_length . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  EdgeStyleValue : : create ( { } ,  maybe_length ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // [ left | center | right | <length-percentage> ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  horizontal_edge  =  parse_position_or_length ( true ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! horizontal_edge ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // [ top | center | bottom | <length-percentage> ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  vertical_edge  =  parse_position_or_length ( false ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! vertical_edge ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  PositionStyleValue : : create ( horizontal_edge . release_nonnull ( ) ,  vertical_edge . release_nonnull ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // [ [ left | right ] <length-percentage> ] &&
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // [ [ top | bottom ] <length-percentage> ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  alternative_4  =  [ & ] ( )  - >  RefPtr < PositionStyleValue >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        struct  PositionAndLength  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            PositionEdge  position ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            LengthPercentage  length ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  parse_position_and_length  =  [ & ] ( )  - >  Optional < PositionAndLength >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  maybe_position  =  parse_position_edge ( tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! maybe_position . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  maybe_length  =  parse_length_percentage ( tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! maybe_length . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  PositionAndLength  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                . position  =  maybe_position . release_value ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                . length  =  maybe_length . release_value ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  maybe_group1  =  parse_position_and_length ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! maybe_group1 . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  maybe_group2  =  parse_position_and_length ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! maybe_group2 . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  group1  =  maybe_group1 . release_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  group2  =  maybe_group2 . release_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // [ [ left | right ] <length-percentage> ] [ [ top | bottom ] <length-percentage> ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( is_horizontal ( group1 . position ,  false )  & &  is_vertical ( group2 . position ,  false ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  PositionStyleValue : : create ( EdgeStyleValue : : create ( group1 . position ,  group1 . length ) ,  EdgeStyleValue : : create ( group2 . position ,  group2 . length ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // [ [ top | bottom ] <length-percentage> ] [ [ left | right ] <length-percentage> ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( is_vertical ( group1 . position ,  false )  & &  is_horizontal ( group2 . position ,  false ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  PositionStyleValue : : create ( EdgeStyleValue : : create ( group2 . position ,  group2 . length ) ,  EdgeStyleValue : : create ( group1 . position ,  group1 . length ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // The extra 3-value syntax that's allowed for background-position:
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // [ center | [ left | right ] <length-percentage>? ] &&
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // [ center | [ top | bottom ] <length-percentage>? ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  alternative_5_for_background_position  =  [ & ] ( )  - >  RefPtr < PositionStyleValue >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        struct  PositionAndMaybeLength  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            PositionEdge  position ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            Optional < LengthPercentage >  length ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // [ <position> <length-percentage>? ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  parse_position_and_maybe_length  =  [ & ] ( )  - >  Optional < PositionAndMaybeLength >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  inner_transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  maybe_position  =  parse_position_edge ( tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! maybe_position . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  maybe_length  =  parse_length_percentage ( tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( maybe_length . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                // 'center' cannot be followed by a <length-percentage>
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( maybe_position . value ( )  = =  PositionEdge : : Center  & &  maybe_length . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            inner_transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  PositionAndMaybeLength  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                . position  =  maybe_position . release_value ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                . length  =  move ( maybe_length ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  maybe_group1  =  parse_position_and_maybe_length ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! maybe_group1 . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  maybe_group2  =  parse_position_and_maybe_length ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! maybe_group2 . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  group1  =  maybe_group1 . release_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  group2  =  maybe_group2 . release_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // 2-value or 4-value if both <length-percentage>s are present or missing.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( group1 . length . has_value ( )  = =  group2 . length . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // If 'left' or 'right' is given, that position is X and the other is Y.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // Conversely -
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // If 'top' or 'bottom' is given, that position is Y and the other is X.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( is_vertical ( group1 . position ,  false )  | |  is_horizontal ( group2 . position ,  false ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            swap ( group1 ,  group2 ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // [ center | [ left | right ] ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! is_horizontal ( group1 . position ,  true ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // [ center | [ top | bottom ] ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! is_vertical ( group2 . position ,  true ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  to_style_value  =  [ & ] ( PositionAndMaybeLength  const &  group )  - >  NonnullRefPtr < EdgeStyleValue >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( group . position  = =  PositionEdge : : Center ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  EdgeStyleValue : : create ( PositionEdge : : Center ,  { } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  EdgeStyleValue : : create ( group . position ,  group . length ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  PositionStyleValue : : create ( to_style_value ( group1 ) ,  to_style_value ( group2 ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // Note: The alternatives must be attempted in this order since shorter alternatives can match a prefix of longer ones.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  position  =  alternative_4 ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  position ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( position_parsing_mode  = =  PositionParsingMode : : BackgroundPosition )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  position  =  alternative_5_for_background_position ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  position ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  position  =  alternative_3 ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  position ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  position  =  alternative_2 ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  position ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  position  =  alternative_1 ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  position ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_easing_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  const &  part  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( part . is ( Token : : Type : : Ident ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  name  =  part . token ( ) . ident ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  maybe_simple_easing  =  [ & ]  - >  RefPtr < EasingStyleValue >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " linear " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  EasingStyleValue : : create ( EasingStyleValue : : Linear : : identity ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " ease " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  EasingStyleValue : : create ( EasingStyleValue : : CubicBezier : : ease ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " ease-in " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  EasingStyleValue : : create ( EasingStyleValue : : CubicBezier : : ease_in ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " ease-out " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  EasingStyleValue : : create ( EasingStyleValue : : CubicBezier : : ease_out ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " ease-in-out " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  EasingStyleValue : : create ( EasingStyleValue : : CubicBezier : : ease_in_out ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " step-start " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  EasingStyleValue : : create ( EasingStyleValue : : Steps : : step_start ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " step-end " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  EasingStyleValue : : create ( EasingStyleValue : : Steps : : step_end ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! maybe_simple_easing ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  maybe_simple_easing ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! part . is_function ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    TokenStream  argument_tokens  {  part . function ( ) . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  comma_separated_arguments  =  parse_a_comma_separated_list_of_component_values ( argument_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // Remove whitespace
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    for  ( auto &  argument  :  comma_separated_arguments ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        argument . remove_all_matching ( [ ] ( auto &  value )  {  return  value . is ( Token : : Type : : Whitespace ) ;  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  name  =  part . function ( ) . name ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  context_guard  =  push_temporary_value_parsing_context ( FunctionContext  {  name  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " linear " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // linear() = linear( [ <number> && <percentage>{0,2} ]# )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        Vector < EasingStyleValue : : Linear : : Stop >  stops ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        for  ( auto  const &  argument  :  comma_separated_arguments )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            TokenStream  argument_tokens  {  argument  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            Optional < double >  output ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            Optional < double >  first_input ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            Optional < double >  second_input ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( argument_tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Number ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                output  =  argument_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) . number_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( argument_tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Percentage ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                first_input  =  argument_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) . percentage ( )  /  100 ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( argument_tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Percentage ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    second_input  =  argument_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) . percentage ( )  /  100 ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( argument_tokens . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Number ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( output . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                output  =  argument_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) . number_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( argument_tokens . has_next_token ( )  | |  ! output . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            stops . append ( {  output . value ( ) ,  first_input ,  first_input . has_value ( )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( second_input . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                stops . append ( {  output . value ( ) ,  second_input ,  true  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( stops . is_empty ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  EasingStyleValue : : create ( EasingStyleValue : : Linear  {  move ( stops )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " cubic-bezier " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( comma_separated_arguments . size ( )  ! =  4 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        for  ( auto  const &  argument  :  comma_separated_arguments )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( argument . size ( )  ! =  1 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! argument [ 0 ] . is ( Token : : Type : : Number ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        EasingStyleValue : : CubicBezier  bezier  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            comma_separated_arguments [ 0 ] [ 0 ] . token ( ) . number_value ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            comma_separated_arguments [ 1 ] [ 0 ] . token ( ) . number_value ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            comma_separated_arguments [ 2 ] [ 0 ] . token ( ) . number_value ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            comma_separated_arguments [ 3 ] [ 0 ] . token ( ) . number_value ( ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( bezier . x1  <  0.0  | |  bezier . x1  >  1.0  | |  bezier . x2  <  0.0  | |  bezier . x2  >  1.0 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  EasingStyleValue : : create ( bezier ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " steps " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( comma_separated_arguments . is_empty ( )  | |  comma_separated_arguments . size ( )  >  2 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        for  ( auto  const &  argument  :  comma_separated_arguments )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( argument . size ( )  ! =  1 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        EasingStyleValue : : Steps  steps ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  const &  intervals_argument  =  comma_separated_arguments [ 0 ] [ 0 ] ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! intervals_argument . is ( Token : : Type : : Number ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! intervals_argument . token ( ) . number ( ) . is_integer ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  intervals  =  intervals_argument . token ( ) . to_integer ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( comma_separated_arguments . size ( )  = =  2 )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            TokenStream  identifier_stream  {  comma_separated_arguments [ 1 ]  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  keyword_value  =  parse_keyword_value ( identifier_stream ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! keyword_value ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            switch  ( keyword_value - > to_keyword ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            case  Keyword : : JumpStart : 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                steps . position  =  EasingStyleValue : : Steps : : Position : : JumpStart ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                break ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            case  Keyword : : JumpEnd : 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                steps . position  =  EasingStyleValue : : Steps : : Position : : JumpEnd ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                break ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            case  Keyword : : JumpBoth : 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                steps . position  =  EasingStyleValue : : Steps : : Position : : JumpBoth ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                break ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            case  Keyword : : JumpNone : 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                steps . position  =  EasingStyleValue : : Steps : : Position : : JumpNone ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                break ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            case  Keyword : : Start : 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                steps . position  =  EasingStyleValue : : Steps : : Position : : Start ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                break ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            case  Keyword : : End : 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                steps . position  =  EasingStyleValue : : Steps : : Position : : End ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                break ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            default : 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // Perform extra validation
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // https://drafts.csswg.org/css-easing/#step-easing-functions
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // If the <step-position> is jump-none, the <integer> must be at least 2, or the function is invalid.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // Otherwise, the <integer> must be at least 1, or the function is invalid.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( steps . position  = =  EasingStyleValue : : Steps : : Position : : JumpNone )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( intervals  < =  1 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  if  ( intervals  < =  0 )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        steps . number_of_intervals  =  intervals ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  EasingStyleValue : : create ( steps ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < URL : : URL >  Parser : : parse_url_function ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto &  component_value  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  convert_string_to_url  =  [ & ] ( StringView  url_string )  - >  Optional < URL : : URL >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-05 12:08:27 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  url  =  complete_url ( url_string ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-15 22:55:46 +13:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( url . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  url ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( component_value . is ( Token : : Type : : Url ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  url_string  =  component_value . token ( ) . url ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  convert_string_to_url ( url_string ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( component_value . is_function ( " url " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  const &  function_values  =  component_value . function ( ) . value ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // FIXME: Handle url-modifiers. https://www.w3.org/TR/css-values-4/#url-modifiers
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        for  ( size_t  i  =  0 ;  i  <  function_values . size ( ) ;  + + i )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  const &  value  =  function_values [ i ] ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( value . is ( Token : : Type : : Whitespace ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                continue ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( value . is ( Token : : Type : : String ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                auto  url_string  =  value . token ( ) . string ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  convert_string_to_url ( url_string ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            break ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_url_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  url  =  parse_url_function ( tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! url . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  URLStyleValue : : create ( * url ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://www.w3.org/TR/css-shapes-1/#typedef-shape-radius
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < ShapeRadius >  Parser : : parse_shape_radius ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  maybe_radius  =  parse_length_percentage ( tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( maybe_radius . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // Negative radius is invalid.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  radius  =  maybe_radius . value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ( radius . is_length ( )  & &  radius . length ( ) . raw_value ( )  <  0 )  | |  ( radius . is_percentage ( )  & &  radius . percentage ( ) . value ( )  <  0 ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  radius ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is_ident ( " closest-side " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . discard_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  FitSide : : ClosestSide ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . next_token ( ) . is_ident ( " farthest-side " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        tokens . discard_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  FitSide : : FarthestSide ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-26 18:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < FitContentStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_fit_content_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto &  component_value  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( component_value . is_ident ( " fit-content " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  FitContentStyleValue : : create ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! component_value . is_function ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  const &  function  =  component_value . function ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( function . name  ! =  " fit-content " sv ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    TokenStream  argument_tokens  {  function . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    argument_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  maybe_length  =  parse_length_percentage ( argument_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! maybe_length . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    argument_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( argument_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  FitContentStyleValue : : create ( maybe_length . release_value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_basic_shape_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto &  component_value  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! component_value . is_function ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  function_name  =  component_value . function ( ) . name . bytes_as_string_view ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // FIXME: Implement path(). See: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-shapes-1/#basic-shape-functions
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( function_name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " inset " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // inset() = inset( <length-percentage>{1,4} [ round <'border-radius'> ]? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // FIXME: Parse the border-radius.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  arguments_tokens  =  TokenStream  {  component_value . function ( ) . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // If less than four <length-percentage> values are provided,
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // the omitted values default in the same way as the margin shorthand:
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // an omitted second or third value defaults to the first, and an omitted fourth value defaults to the second.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // The four <length-percentage>s define the position of the top, right, bottom, and left edges of a rectangle.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        arguments_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  top  =  parse_length_percentage ( arguments_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! top . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        arguments_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  right  =  parse_length_percentage ( arguments_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! right . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            right  =  top ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        arguments_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  bottom  =  parse_length_percentage ( arguments_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! bottom . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            bottom  =  top ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        arguments_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  left  =  parse_length_percentage ( arguments_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! left . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            left  =  right ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        arguments_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( arguments_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  BasicShapeStyleValue : : create ( Inset  {  LengthBox ( top . value ( ) ,  right . value ( ) ,  bottom . value ( ) ,  left . value ( ) )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( function_name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " xywh " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // xywh() = xywh( <length-percentage>{2} <length-percentage [0,∞]>{2} [ round <'border-radius'> ]? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // FIXME: Parse the border-radius.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  arguments_tokens  =  TokenStream  {  component_value . function ( ) . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        arguments_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  x  =  parse_length_percentage ( arguments_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! x . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        arguments_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  y  =  parse_length_percentage ( arguments_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! y . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        arguments_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  width  =  parse_length_percentage ( arguments_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! width . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        arguments_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  height  =  parse_length_percentage ( arguments_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! height . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        arguments_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( arguments_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // Negative width or height is invalid.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ( width - > is_length ( )  & &  width - > length ( ) . raw_value ( )  <  0 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            | |  ( width - > is_percentage ( )  & &  width - > percentage ( ) . value ( )  <  0 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            | |  ( height - > is_length ( )  & &  height - > length ( ) . raw_value ( )  <  0 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            | |  ( height - > is_percentage ( )  & &  height - > percentage ( ) . value ( )  <  0 ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  BasicShapeStyleValue : : create ( Xywh  {  x . value ( ) ,  y . value ( ) ,  width . value ( ) ,  height . value ( )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( function_name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " rect " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // rect() = rect( [ <length-percentage> | auto ]{4} [ round <'border-radius'> ]? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // FIXME: Parse the border-radius.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  arguments_tokens  =  TokenStream  {  component_value . function ( ) . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  parse_length_percentage_or_auto  =  [ this ] ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens )  - >  Optional < LengthPercentage >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  value  =  parse_length_percentage ( tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! value . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . is_ident ( " auto " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    value  =  Length : : make_auto ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  value ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  top  =  parse_length_percentage_or_auto ( arguments_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  right  =  parse_length_percentage_or_auto ( arguments_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  bottom  =  parse_length_percentage_or_auto ( arguments_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  left  =  parse_length_percentage_or_auto ( arguments_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! top . has_value ( )  | |  ! right . has_value ( )  | |  ! bottom . has_value ( )  | |  ! left . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        arguments_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( arguments_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  BasicShapeStyleValue : : create ( Rect  {  LengthBox ( top . value ( ) ,  right . value ( ) ,  bottom . value ( ) ,  left . value ( ) )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( function_name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " circle " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // circle() = circle( <shape-radius>? [ at <position> ]? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  arguments_tokens  =  TokenStream  {  component_value . function ( ) . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  radius  =  parse_shape_radius ( arguments_tokens ) . value_or ( FitSide : : ClosestSide ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  position  =  PositionStyleValue : : create_center ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        arguments_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( arguments_tokens . next_token ( ) . is_ident ( " at " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            arguments_tokens . discard_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            arguments_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  maybe_position  =  parse_position_value ( arguments_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( maybe_position . is_null ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            position  =  maybe_position . release_nonnull ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        arguments_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( arguments_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  BasicShapeStyleValue : : create ( Circle  {  radius ,  position  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( function_name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " ellipse " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // ellipse() = ellipse( [ <shape-radius>{2} ]? [ at <position> ]? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  arguments_tokens  =  TokenStream  {  component_value . function ( ) . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        Optional < ShapeRadius >  radius_x  =  parse_shape_radius ( arguments_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        Optional < ShapeRadius >  radius_y  =  parse_shape_radius ( arguments_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( radius_x . has_value ( )  & &  ! radius_y . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! radius_x . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            radius_x  =  FitSide : : ClosestSide ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            radius_y  =  FitSide : : ClosestSide ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  position  =  PositionStyleValue : : create_center ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        arguments_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( arguments_tokens . next_token ( ) . is_ident ( " at " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            arguments_tokens . discard_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            arguments_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  maybe_position  =  parse_position_value ( arguments_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( maybe_position . is_null ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            position  =  maybe_position . release_nonnull ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        arguments_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( arguments_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  BasicShapeStyleValue : : create ( Ellipse  {  radius_x . value ( ) ,  radius_y . value ( ) ,  position  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( function_name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " polygon " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // polygon() = polygon( <'fill-rule'>? , [<length-percentage> <length-percentage>]# )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  arguments_tokens  =  TokenStream  {  component_value . function ( ) . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  arguments  =  parse_a_comma_separated_list_of_component_values ( arguments_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( arguments . size ( )  <  1 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        Optional < Gfx : : WindingRule >  fill_rule ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  const &  first_argument  =  arguments [ 0 ] ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        TokenStream  first_argument_tokens  {  first_argument  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        first_argument_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( first_argument_tokens . next_token ( ) . is_ident ( " nonzero " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            fill_rule  =  Gfx : : WindingRule : : Nonzero ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  if  ( first_argument_tokens . next_token ( ) . is_ident ( " evenodd " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            fill_rule  =  Gfx : : WindingRule : : EvenOdd ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( fill_rule . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            first_argument_tokens . discard_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( first_argument_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            arguments . remove ( 0 ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            fill_rule  =  Gfx : : WindingRule : : Nonzero ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( arguments . size ( )  <  1 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        Vector < Polygon : : Point >  points ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        for  ( auto &  argument  :  arguments )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            TokenStream  argument_tokens  {  argument  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            argument_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  x_pos  =  parse_length_percentage ( argument_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! x_pos . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            argument_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  y_pos  =  parse_length_percentage ( argument_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! y_pos . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            argument_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( argument_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            points . append ( Polygon : : Point  {  * x_pos ,  * y_pos  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  BasicShapeStyleValue : : create ( Polygon  {  fill_rule . value ( ) ,  move ( points )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_builtin_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto &  component_value  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( component_value . is ( Token : : Type : : Ident ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  ident  =  component_value . token ( ) . ident ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ident . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " inherit " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  CSSKeywordValue : : create ( Keyword : : Inherit ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ident . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " initial " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  CSSKeywordValue : : create ( Keyword : : Initial ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ident . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " unset " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  CSSKeywordValue : : create ( Keyword : : Unset ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ident . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " revert " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  CSSKeywordValue : : create ( Keyword : : Revert ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ident . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " revert-layer " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  CSSKeywordValue : : create ( Keyword : : RevertLayer ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://www.w3.org/TR/css-values-4/#custom-idents
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-25 11:46:52 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CustomIdentStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_custom_ident_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ,  ReadonlySpan < StringView >  blacklist ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  const &  token  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! token . is ( Token : : Type : : Ident ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  custom_ident  =  token . token ( ) . ident ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // The CSS-wide keywords are not valid <custom-ident>s.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( is_css_wide_keyword ( custom_ident ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // The default keyword is reserved and is also not a valid <custom-ident>.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( custom_ident . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " default " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // Specifications using <custom-ident> must specify clearly what other keywords are excluded from <custom-ident>,
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								    // if any—for example by saying that any pre-defined keywords in that property’  s value definition are excluded.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // Excluded keywords are excluded in all ASCII case permutations.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    for  ( auto &  value  :  blacklist )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( custom_ident . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( value ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  CustomIdentStyleValue : : create ( custom_ident ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < CSS : : GridSize >  Parser : : parse_grid_size ( ComponentValue  const &  component_value ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( component_value . is_function ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  maybe_calculated  =  parse_calculated_value ( component_value ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( maybe_calculated - > is_length ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  GridSize ( maybe_calculated - > as_length ( ) . length ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( maybe_calculated - > is_percentage ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  GridSize ( maybe_calculated - > as_percentage ( ) . percentage ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( maybe_calculated - > is_calculated ( )  & &  maybe_calculated - > as_calculated ( ) . resolves_to_length_percentage ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  GridSize ( LengthPercentage ( maybe_calculated - > as_calculated ( ) ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // FIXME: Support calculated <flex>
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( component_value . is_ident ( " auto " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  GridSize : : make_auto ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( component_value . is_ident ( " max-content " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  GridSize ( GridSize : : Type : : MaxContent ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( component_value . is_ident ( " min-content " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  GridSize ( GridSize : : Type : : MinContent ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  dimension  =  parse_dimension ( component_value ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! dimension . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( dimension - > is_length ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  GridSize ( dimension - > length ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    else  if  ( dimension - > is_percentage ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  GridSize ( dimension - > percentage ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    else  if  ( dimension - > is_flex ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  GridSize ( dimension - > flex ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-26 18:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < CSS : : GridFitContent >  Parser : : parse_grid_fit_content ( Vector < ComponentValue >  const &  component_values ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // https://www.w3.org/TR/css-grid-2/#valdef-grid-template-columns-fit-content
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // 'fit-content( <length-percentage> )'
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // Represents the formula max(minimum, min(limit, max-content)), where minimum represents an auto minimum (which is often, but not always,
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // equal to a min-content minimum), and limit is the track sizing function passed as an argument to fit-content().
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // This is essentially calculated as the smaller of minmax(auto, max-content) and minmax(auto, limit).
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  function_tokens  =  TokenStream ( component_values ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    function_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  maybe_length_percentage  =  parse_length_percentage ( function_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( maybe_length_percentage . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  CSS : : GridFitContent ( CSS : : GridSize ( CSS : : GridSize : : Type : : FitContent ,  maybe_length_percentage . value ( ) ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < CSS : : GridMinMax >  Parser : : parse_min_max ( Vector < ComponentValue >  const &  component_values ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // https://www.w3.org/TR/css-grid-2/#valdef-grid-template-columns-minmax
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // 'minmax(min, max)'
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // Defines a size range greater than or equal to min and less than or equal to max. If the max is
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // less than the min, then the max will be floored by the min (essentially yielding minmax(min,
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								    // min)). As a maximum, a <flex> value sets the track’  s flex factor; it is invalid as a minimum.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  function_tokens  =  TokenStream ( component_values ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  comma_separated_list  =  parse_a_comma_separated_list_of_component_values ( function_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( comma_separated_list . size ( )  ! =  2 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    TokenStream  part_one_tokens  {  comma_separated_list [ 0 ]  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    part_one_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! part_one_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    NonnullRawPtr < ComponentValue  const >  current_token  =  part_one_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  min_grid_size  =  parse_grid_size ( current_token ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    TokenStream  part_two_tokens  {  comma_separated_list [ 1 ]  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    part_two_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! part_two_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    current_token  =  part_two_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  max_grid_size  =  parse_grid_size ( current_token ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( min_grid_size . has_value ( )  & &  max_grid_size . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // https://www.w3.org/TR/css-grid-2/#valdef-grid-template-columns-minmax
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								        // As a maximum, a <flex> value sets the track’  s flex factor; it is invalid as a minimum.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( min_grid_size . value ( ) . is_flexible_length ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  CSS : : GridMinMax ( min_grid_size . value ( ) ,  max_grid_size . value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < CSS : : GridRepeat >  Parser : : parse_repeat ( Vector < ComponentValue >  const &  component_values ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // https://www.w3.org/TR/css-grid-2/#repeat-syntax
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // 7.2.3.1. Syntax of repeat()
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // The generic form of the repeat() syntax is, approximately,
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // repeat( [ <integer [1,∞]> | auto-fill | auto-fit ] , <track-list> )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  is_auto_fill  =  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  is_auto_fit  =  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  function_tokens  =  TokenStream ( component_values ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  comma_separated_list  =  parse_a_comma_separated_list_of_component_values ( function_tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( comma_separated_list . size ( )  ! =  2 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // The first argument specifies the number of repetitions.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    TokenStream  part_one_tokens  {  comma_separated_list [ 0 ]  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    part_one_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! part_one_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto &  current_token  =  part_one_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  repeat_count  =  0 ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( current_token . is ( Token : : Type : : Number )  & &  current_token . token ( ) . number ( ) . is_integer ( )  & &  current_token . token ( ) . number_value ( )  >  0 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        repeat_count  =  current_token . token ( ) . number_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    else  if  ( current_token . is_ident ( " auto-fill " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        is_auto_fill  =  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    else  if  ( current_token . is_ident ( " auto-fit " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        is_auto_fit  =  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // The second argument is a track list, which is repeated that number of times.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    TokenStream  part_two_tokens  {  comma_separated_list [ 1 ]  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    part_two_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! part_two_tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    Vector < Variant < ExplicitGridTrack ,  GridLineNames > >  repeat_params ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  last_object_was_line_names  =  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    while  ( part_two_tokens . has_next_token ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  const &  token  =  part_two_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        Vector < String >  line_names ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( token . is_block ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( last_object_was_line_names ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            last_object_was_line_names  =  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! token . block ( ) . is_square ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            TokenStream  block_tokens  {  token . block ( ) . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            while  ( block_tokens . has_next_token ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                auto  const &  current_block_token  =  block_tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                line_names . append ( current_block_token . token ( ) . ident ( ) . to_string ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                block_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            repeat_params . append ( GridLineNames  {  move ( line_names )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            part_two_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            last_object_was_line_names  =  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  track_sizing_function  =  parse_track_sizing_function ( token ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! track_sizing_function . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // However, there are some restrictions:
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								            // The repeat() notation can’  t be nested.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( track_sizing_function . value ( ) . is_repeat ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // Automatic repetitions (auto-fill or auto-fit) cannot be combined with intrinsic or flexible sizes.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // Note that 'auto' is also an intrinsic size (and thus not permitted) but we can't use
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // track_sizing_function.is_auto(..) to check for it, as it requires AvailableSize, which is why there is
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // a separate check for it below.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // https://www.w3.org/TR/css-grid-2/#repeat-syntax
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // https://www.w3.org/TR/css-grid-2/#intrinsic-sizing-function
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( track_sizing_function . value ( ) . is_default ( ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                & &  ( track_sizing_function . value ( ) . grid_size ( ) . is_flexible_length ( )  | |  token . is_ident ( " auto " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                & &  ( is_auto_fill  | |  is_auto_fit ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            repeat_params . append ( track_sizing_function . value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            part_two_tokens . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // Thus the precise syntax of the repeat() notation has several forms:
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // <track-repeat> = repeat( [ <integer [1,∞]> ] , [ <line-names>? <track-size> ]+ <line-names>? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // <auto-repeat>  = repeat( [ auto-fill | auto-fit ] , [ <line-names>? <fixed-size> ]+ <line-names>? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // <fixed-repeat> = repeat( [ <integer [1,∞]> ] , [ <line-names>? <fixed-size> ]+ <line-names>? )
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // <name-repeat>  = repeat( [ <integer [1,∞]> | auto-fill ], <line-names>+)
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // The <track-repeat> variant can represent the repetition of any <track-size>, but is limited to a
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // fixed number of repetitions.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // The <auto-repeat> variant can repeat automatically to fill a space, but requires definite track
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // sizes so that the number of repetitions can be calculated. It can only appear once in the track
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // list, but the same track list can also contain <fixed-repeat>s.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // The <name-repeat> variant is for adding line names to subgrids. It can only be used with the
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // subgrid keyword and cannot specify track sizes, only line names.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // If a repeat() function that is not a <name-repeat> ends up placing two <line-names> adjacent to
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // each other, the name lists are merged. For example, repeat(2, [a] 1fr [b]) is equivalent to [a]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // 1fr [b a] 1fr [b].
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( is_auto_fill ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  GridRepeat ( GridTrackSizeList ( move ( repeat_params ) ) ,  GridRepeat : : Type : : AutoFill ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    else  if  ( is_auto_fit ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  GridRepeat ( GridTrackSizeList ( move ( repeat_params ) ) ,  GridRepeat : : Type : : AutoFit ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    else 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  GridRepeat ( GridTrackSizeList ( move ( repeat_params ) ) ,  repeat_count ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								Optional < CSS : : ExplicitGridTrack >  Parser : : parse_track_sizing_function ( ComponentValue  const &  token ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( token . is_function ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  const &  function_token  =  token . function ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  context_guard  =  push_temporary_value_parsing_context ( FunctionContext  {  function_token . name  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( function_token . name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " repeat " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  maybe_repeat  =  parse_repeat ( function_token . value ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( maybe_repeat . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  CSS : : ExplicitGridTrack ( maybe_repeat . value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            else 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  if  ( function_token . name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " minmax " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  maybe_min_max_value  =  parse_min_max ( function_token . value ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( maybe_min_max_value . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  CSS : : ExplicitGridTrack ( maybe_min_max_value . value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            else 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  if  ( function_token . name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " fit-content " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-26 18:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  maybe_fit_content_value  =  parse_grid_fit_content ( function_token . value ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( maybe_fit_content_value . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  CSS : : ExplicitGridTrack ( maybe_fit_content_value . value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  if  ( auto  maybe_calculated  =  parse_calculated_value ( token ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( maybe_calculated - > is_length ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  ExplicitGridTrack ( GridSize ( maybe_calculated - > as_length ( ) . length ( ) ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( maybe_calculated - > is_percentage ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  ExplicitGridTrack ( GridSize ( maybe_calculated - > as_percentage ( ) . percentage ( ) ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( maybe_calculated - > is_calculated ( )  & &  maybe_calculated - > as_calculated ( ) . resolves_to_length_percentage ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  ExplicitGridTrack ( GridSize ( LengthPercentage ( maybe_calculated - > as_calculated ( ) ) ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    }  else  if  ( token . is_ident ( " auto " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  CSS : : ExplicitGridTrack ( GridSize ( Length : : make_auto ( ) ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    }  else  if  ( token . is_block ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    }  else  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  grid_size  =  parse_grid_size ( token ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! grid_size . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  CSS : : ExplicitGridTrack ( grid_size . value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < GridTrackPlacementStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_grid_track_placement ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // FIXME: This shouldn't be needed. Right now, the below code returns a CSSStyleValue even if no tokens are consumed!
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! tokens . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // https://www.w3.org/TR/css-grid-2/#line-placement
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // Line-based Placement: the grid-row-start, grid-column-start, grid-row-end, and grid-column-end properties
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // <grid-line> =
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     auto |
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     <custom-ident> |
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [ <integer> && <custom-ident>? ] |
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //     [ span && [ <integer> || <custom-ident> ] ]
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  is_valid_integer  =  [ ] ( auto &  token )  - >  bool  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // An <integer> value of zero makes the declaration invalid.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( token . is ( Token : : Type : : Number )  & &  token . token ( ) . number ( ) . is_integer ( )  & &  token . token ( ) . number_value ( )  ! =  0 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  parse_custom_ident  =  [ this ] ( auto &  tokens )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // The <custom-ident> additionally excludes the keywords span and auto.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-25 11:46:52 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  parse_custom_ident_value ( tokens ,  {  {  " span " sv ,  " auto " sv  }  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // FIXME: Handle the single-token case inside the loop instead, so that we can more easily call this from
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //        `parse_grid_area_shorthand_value()` using a single TokenStream.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( tokens . remaining_token_count ( )  = =  1 )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  custom_ident  =  parse_custom_ident ( tokens ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  GridTrackPlacementStyleValue : : create ( GridTrackPlacement : : make_line ( { } ,  custom_ident - > custom_ident ( ) . to_string ( ) ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  const &  token  =  tokens . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  maybe_calculated  =  parse_calculated_value ( token ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( maybe_calculated - > is_number ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  GridTrackPlacementStyleValue : : create ( GridTrackPlacement : : make_line ( static_cast < int > ( maybe_calculated - > as_number ( ) . number ( ) ) ,  { } ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( maybe_calculated - > is_calculated ( )  & &  maybe_calculated - > as_calculated ( ) . resolves_to_number ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  GridTrackPlacementStyleValue : : create ( GridTrackPlacement : : make_line ( static_cast < int > ( maybe_calculated - > as_calculated ( ) . resolve_integer ( { } ) . value ( ) ) ,  { } ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( token . is_ident ( " auto " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  GridTrackPlacementStyleValue : : create ( GridTrackPlacement : : make_auto ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( token . is_ident ( " span " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  GridTrackPlacementStyleValue : : create ( GridTrackPlacement : : make_span ( 1 ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( is_valid_integer ( token ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  GridTrackPlacementStyleValue : : create ( GridTrackPlacement : : make_line ( static_cast < int > ( token . token ( ) . number_value ( ) ) ,  { } ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  span_value  =  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  span_or_position_value  =  0 ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    String  identifier_value ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    while  ( tokens . has_next_token ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  const &  token  =  tokens . next_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( token . is_ident ( " auto " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( token . is_ident ( " span " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( span_value ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            tokens . discard_a_token ( ) ;  // span
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            span_value  =  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            continue ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( is_valid_integer ( token ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( span_or_position_value  ! =  0 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            span_or_position_value  =  static_cast < int > ( tokens . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) . to_integer ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            continue ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  custom_ident  =  parse_custom_ident ( tokens ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! identifier_value . is_empty ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            identifier_value  =  custom_ident - > custom_ident ( ) . to_string ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            continue ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        break ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // Negative integers or zero are invalid.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( span_value  & &  span_or_position_value  <  1 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // If the <integer> is omitted, it defaults to 1.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( span_or_position_value  = =  0 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        span_or_position_value  =  1 ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! identifier_value . is_empty ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  GridTrackPlacementStyleValue : : create ( GridTrackPlacement : : make_line ( span_or_position_value ,  identifier_value ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  GridTrackPlacementStyleValue : : create ( GridTrackPlacement : : make_span ( span_or_position_value ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_calculated_value ( ComponentValue  const &  component_value ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! component_value . is_function ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  const &  function  =  component_value . function ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    CalculationContext  context  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    for  ( auto  const &  value_context  :  m_value_context . in_reverse ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  maybe_context  =  value_context . visit ( 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            [ ] ( PropertyID  property_id )  - >  Optional < CalculationContext >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  CalculationContext  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    . percentages_resolve_as  =  property_resolves_percentages_relative_to ( property_id ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    . resolve_numbers_as_integers  =  property_accepts_type ( property_id ,  ValueType : : Integer ) , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            [ ] ( FunctionContext  const &  function )  - >  Optional < CalculationContext >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                // Gradients resolve percentages as lengths relative to the gradient-box.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( function . name . is_one_of_ignoring_ascii_case ( 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                        " linear-gradient " sv ,  " repeating-linear-gradient " sv , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                        " radial-gradient " sv ,  " repeating-radial-gradient " sv , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                        " conic-gradient " sv ,  " repeating-conic-gradient " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  CalculationContext  {  . percentages_resolve_as  =  ValueType : : Length  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                // FIXME: Add other functions that provide a context for resolving values
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  { } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( maybe_context . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            context  =  maybe_context . release_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            break ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  function_node  =  parse_a_calc_function_node ( function ,  context ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! function_node ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // If the calculation got simplified down to a single value, return that instead.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( function_node - > type ( )  = =  CalculationNode : : Type : : Numeric )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  number_value  =  as < NumericCalculationNode > ( * function_node ) . to_style_value ( context ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  number_value . release_nonnull ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  function_type  =  function_node - > numeric_type ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! function_type . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  CalculatedStyleValue : : create ( function_node . release_nonnull ( ) ,  function_type . release_value ( ) ,  context ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CalculationNode >  Parser : : parse_a_calc_function_node ( Function  const &  function ,  CalculationContext  const &  context ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  context_guard  =  push_temporary_value_parsing_context ( FunctionContext  {  function . name  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( function . name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " calc " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  parse_a_calculation ( function . value ,  context ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  maybe_function  =  parse_math_function ( function ,  context ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  maybe_function ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CalculationNode >  Parser : : convert_to_calculation_node ( CalcParsing : : Node  const &  node ,  CalculationContext  const &  context ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  node . visit ( 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        [ this ,  & context ] ( NonnullOwnPtr < CalcParsing : : ProductNode >  const &  product_node )  - >  RefPtr < CalculationNode >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            Vector < NonnullRefPtr < CalculationNode > >  children ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            children . ensure_capacity ( product_node - > children . size ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            for  ( auto  const &  child  :  product_node - > children )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( auto  child_as_node  =  convert_to_calculation_node ( child ,  context ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    children . append ( child_as_node . release_nonnull ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                }  else  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  ProductCalculationNode : : create ( move ( children ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        [ this ,  & context ] ( NonnullOwnPtr < CalcParsing : : SumNode >  const &  sum_node )  - >  RefPtr < CalculationNode >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            Vector < NonnullRefPtr < CalculationNode > >  children ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            children . ensure_capacity ( sum_node - > children . size ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            for  ( auto  const &  child  :  sum_node - > children )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( auto  child_as_node  =  convert_to_calculation_node ( child ,  context ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    children . append ( child_as_node . release_nonnull ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                }  else  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  SumCalculationNode : : create ( move ( children ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        [ this ,  & context ] ( NonnullOwnPtr < CalcParsing : : InvertNode >  const &  invert_node )  - >  RefPtr < CalculationNode >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( auto  child_as_node  =  convert_to_calculation_node ( invert_node - > child ,  context ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  InvertCalculationNode : : create ( child_as_node . release_nonnull ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        [ this ,  & context ] ( NonnullOwnPtr < CalcParsing : : NegateNode >  const &  negate_node )  - >  RefPtr < CalculationNode >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( auto  child_as_node  =  convert_to_calculation_node ( negate_node - > child ,  context ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  NegateCalculationNode : : create ( child_as_node . release_nonnull ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        [ this ,  & context ] ( NonnullRawPtr < ComponentValue  const >  const &  component_value )  - >  RefPtr < CalculationNode >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // NOTE: This is the "process the leaf nodes" part of step 5 of https://drafts.csswg.org/css-values-4/#parse-a-calculation
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            //       We divert a little from the spec: Rather than modify an existing tree of values, we construct a new one from that source tree.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            //       This lets us make CalculationNodes immutable.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								            // 1. If leaf is a parenthesized simple block, replace leaf with the result of parsing a calculation from leaf’  s contents.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( component_value - > is_block ( )  & &  component_value - > block ( ) . is_paren ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                auto  leaf_calculation  =  parse_a_calculation ( component_value - > block ( ) . value ,  context ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( ! leaf_calculation ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  leaf_calculation . release_nonnull ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // 2. If leaf is a math function, replace leaf with the internal representation of that math function.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // NOTE: All function tokens at this point should be math functions.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( component_value - > is_function ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                auto  const &  function  =  component_value - > function ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                auto  leaf_calculation  =  parse_a_calc_function_node ( function ,  context ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( ! leaf_calculation ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  leaf_calculation . release_nonnull ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // AD-HOC: We also need to convert tokens into their numeric types.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( component_value - > is ( Token : : Type : : Ident ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-25 16:37:10 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                auto  maybe_keyword  =  keyword_from_string ( component_value - > token ( ) . ident ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( ! maybe_keyword . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-25 16:37:10 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  NumericCalculationNode : : from_keyword ( * maybe_keyword ,  context ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( component_value - > is ( Token : : Type : : Number ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  NumericCalculationNode : : create ( component_value - > token ( ) . number ( ) ,  context ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( component_value - > is ( Token : : Type : : Dimension ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                auto  numeric_value  =  component_value - > token ( ) . dimension_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                auto  unit_string  =  component_value - > token ( ) . dimension_unit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( auto  length_type  =  Length : : unit_from_name ( unit_string ) ;  length_type . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  NumericCalculationNode : : create ( Length  {  numeric_value ,  length_type . release_value ( )  } ,  context ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( auto  angle_type  =  Angle : : unit_from_name ( unit_string ) ;  angle_type . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  NumericCalculationNode : : create ( Angle  {  numeric_value ,  angle_type . release_value ( )  } ,  context ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( auto  flex_type  =  Flex : : unit_from_name ( unit_string ) ;  flex_type . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    // https://www.w3.org/TR/css3-grid-layout/#fr-unit
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    // NOTE: <flex> values are not <length>s (nor are they compatible with <length>s, like some <percentage> values),
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    //       so they cannot be represented in or combined with other unit types in calc() expressions.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    // FIXME: Flex is allowed in calc(), so figure out what this spec text means and how to implement it.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    dbgln_if ( CSS_PARSER_DEBUG ,  " Rejecting <flex> in calc() " ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( auto  frequency_type  =  Frequency : : unit_from_name ( unit_string ) ;  frequency_type . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  NumericCalculationNode : : create ( Frequency  {  numeric_value ,  frequency_type . release_value ( )  } ,  context ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( auto  resolution_type  =  Resolution : : unit_from_name ( unit_string ) ;  resolution_type . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  NumericCalculationNode : : create ( Resolution  {  numeric_value ,  resolution_type . release_value ( )  } ,  context ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( auto  time_type  =  Time : : unit_from_name ( unit_string ) ;  time_type . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  NumericCalculationNode : : create ( Time  {  numeric_value ,  time_type . release_value ( )  } ,  context ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                dbgln_if ( CSS_PARSER_DEBUG ,  " Unrecognized dimension type in calc() expression: {} " ,  component_value - > to_string ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( component_value - > is ( Token : : Type : : Percentage ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  NumericCalculationNode : : create ( Percentage  {  component_value - > token ( ) . percentage ( )  } ,  context ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // NOTE: If we get here, then we have a ComponentValue that didn't get replaced with something else,
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            //       so the calc() is invalid.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            dbgln_if ( CSS_PARSER_DEBUG ,  " Leftover ComponentValue in calc tree! That probably means the syntax is invalid, but maybe we just didn't implement `{}` yet. " ,  component_value - > to_debug_string ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        [ ] ( CalcParsing : : Operator  const &  op )  - >  RefPtr < CalculationNode >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            dbgln_if ( CSS_PARSER_DEBUG ,  " Leftover Operator {} in calc tree! " ,  op . delim ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://drafts.csswg.org/css-values-4/#parse-a-calculation
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < CalculationNode >  Parser : : parse_a_calculation ( Vector < ComponentValue >  const &  original_values ,  CalculationContext  const &  context ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // 1. Discard any <whitespace-token>s from values.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								    // 2. An item in values is an “operator” if it’  s a <delim-token> with the value "+", "-", "*", or "/". Otherwise, it’  s a “value”.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    Vector < CalcParsing : : Node >  values ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    for  ( auto  const &  value  :  original_values )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value . is ( Token : : Type : : Whitespace ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            continue ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value . is ( Token : : Type : : Delim ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( first_is_one_of ( value . token ( ) . delim ( ) ,  static_cast < u32 > ( ' + ' ) ,  static_cast < u32 > ( ' - ' ) ,  static_cast < u32 > ( ' * ' ) ,  static_cast < u32 > ( ' / ' ) ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                // NOTE: Sequential operators are invalid syntax.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( ! values . is_empty ( )  & &  values . last ( ) . has < CalcParsing : : Operator > ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                values . append ( CalcParsing : : Operator  {  static_cast < char > ( value . token ( ) . delim ( ) )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                continue ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        values . append ( NonnullRawPtr  {  value  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // If we have no values, the syntax is invalid.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( values . is_empty ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // NOTE: If the first or last value is an operator, the syntax is invalid.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( values . first ( ) . has < CalcParsing : : Operator > ( )  | |  values . last ( ) . has < CalcParsing : : Operator > ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // 3. Collect children into Product and Invert nodes.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //    For every consecutive run of value items in values separated by "*" or "/" operators:
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    while  ( true )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        Optional < size_t >  first_product_operator  =  values . find_first_index_if ( [ ] ( auto  const &  item )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  item . template  has < CalcParsing : : Operator > ( ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                & &  first_is_one_of ( item . template  get < CalcParsing : : Operator > ( ) . delim ,  ' * ' ,  ' / ' ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! first_product_operator . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            break ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  start_of_run  =  first_product_operator . value ( )  -  1 ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  end_of_run  =  first_product_operator . value ( )  +  1 ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        for  ( auto  i  =  start_of_run  +  1 ;  i  <  values . size ( ) ;  i  + =  2 )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto &  item  =  values [ i ] ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! item . has < CalcParsing : : Operator > ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                end_of_run  =  i  -  1 ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                break ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  delim  =  item . get < CalcParsing : : Operator > ( ) . delim ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! first_is_one_of ( delim ,  ' * ' ,  ' / ' ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                end_of_run  =  i  -  1 ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                break ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // 1. For each "/" operator in the run, replace its right-hand value item rhs with an Invert node containing rhs as its child.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        Vector < CalcParsing : : Node >  run_values ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        run_values . append ( move ( values [ start_of_run ] ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        for  ( auto  i  =  start_of_run  +  1 ;  i  < =  end_of_run ;  i  + =  2 )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto &  operator_  =  values [ i ] . get < CalcParsing : : Operator > ( ) . delim ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto &  rhs  =  values [ i  +  1 ] ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( operator_  = =  ' / ' )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                run_values . append ( make < CalcParsing : : InvertNode > ( move ( rhs ) ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                continue ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            VERIFY ( operator_  = =  ' * ' ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            run_values . append ( move ( rhs ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // 2. Replace the entire run with a Product node containing the value items of the run as its children.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        values . remove ( start_of_run ,  end_of_run  -  start_of_run  +  1 ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        values . insert ( start_of_run ,  make < CalcParsing : : ProductNode > ( move ( run_values ) ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // 4. Collect children into Sum and Negate nodes.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    Optional < CalcParsing : : Node >  single_value ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // 1. For each "-" operator item in values, replace its right-hand value item rhs with a Negate node containing rhs as its child.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        for  ( auto  i  =  0u ;  i  <  values . size ( ) ;  + + i )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto &  maybe_minus_operator  =  values [ i ] ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! maybe_minus_operator . has < CalcParsing : : Operator > ( )  | |  maybe_minus_operator . get < CalcParsing : : Operator > ( ) . delim  ! =  ' - ' ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                continue ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  rhs_index  =  + + i ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  negate_node  =  make < CalcParsing : : NegateNode > ( move ( values [ rhs_index ] ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            values . remove ( rhs_index ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            values . insert ( rhs_index ,  move ( negate_node ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // 2. If values has only one item, and it is a Product node or a parenthesized simple block, replace values with that item.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( values . size ( )  = =  1 )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            values . first ( ) . visit ( 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                [ & ] ( ComponentValue  const &  component_value )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    if  ( component_value . is_block ( )  & &  component_value . block ( ) . is_paren ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                        single_value  =  NonnullRawPtr  {  component_value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                } , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                [ & ] ( NonnullOwnPtr < CalcParsing : : ProductNode > &  node )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    single_value  =  move ( node ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                } , 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                [ ] ( auto & )  { } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        //    Otherwise, replace values with a Sum node containing the value items of values as its children.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! single_value . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            values . remove_all_matching ( [ ] ( CalcParsing : : Node &  value )  {  return  value . has < CalcParsing : : Operator > ( ) ;  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            single_value  =  make < CalcParsing : : SumNode > ( move ( values ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    VERIFY ( single_value . has_value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // 5. At this point values is a tree of Sum, Product, Negate, and Invert nodes, with other types of values at the leaf nodes. Process the leaf nodes.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // NOTE: We process leaf nodes as part of this conversion.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  calculation_tree  =  convert_to_calculation_node ( * single_value ,  context ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! calculation_tree ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // 6. Return the result of simplifying a calculation tree from values.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  simplify_a_calculation_tree ( * calculation_tree ,  context ,  CalculationResolutionContext  { } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://drafts.csswg.org/css-fonts/#typedef-opentype-tag
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								RefPtr < StringStyleValue >  Parser : : parse_opentype_tag_value ( TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  tokens ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // <opentype-tag> = <string>
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // The <opentype-tag> is a case-sensitive OpenType feature tag.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // As specified in the OpenType specification [OPENTYPE], feature tags contain four ASCII characters.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								    // Tag strings longer or shorter than four characters, or containing characters outside the U+20–  7E codepoint range are invalid.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  transaction  =  tokens . begin_transaction ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  string_value  =  parse_string_value ( tokens ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( string_value  = =  nullptr ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  string  =  string_value - > string_value ( ) . bytes_as_string_view ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( string . length ( )  ! =  4 ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    for  ( char  c  :  string )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( c  <  0x20  | |  c  >  0x7E ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    transaction . commit ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  string_value ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-05 12:08:27 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								NonnullRefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : resolve_unresolved_style_value ( ParsingParams  const &  context ,  DOM : : Element &  element ,  Optional < Selector : : PseudoElement : : Type >  pseudo_element ,  PropertyID  property_id ,  UnresolvedStyleValue  const &  unresolved ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // Unresolved always contains a var() or attr(), unless it is a custom property's value, in which case we shouldn't be trying
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // to produce a different CSSStyleValue from it.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    VERIFY ( unresolved . contains_var_or_attr ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // If the value is invalid, we fall back to `unset`: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-variables-1/#invalid-at-computed-value-time
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  parser  =  Parser : : create ( context ,  " " sv ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  parser . resolve_unresolved_style_value ( element ,  pseudo_element ,  property_id ,  unresolved ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								class  PropertyDependencyNode  :  public  RefCounted < PropertyDependencyNode >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								public : 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    static  NonnullRefPtr < PropertyDependencyNode >  create ( FlyString  name ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  adopt_ref ( * new  PropertyDependencyNode ( move ( name ) ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    void  add_child ( NonnullRefPtr < PropertyDependencyNode >  new_child ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        for  ( auto  const &  child  :  m_children )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( child - > m_name  = =  new_child - > m_name ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // We detect self-reference already.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        VERIFY ( new_child - > m_name  ! =  m_name ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        m_children . append ( move ( new_child ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    bool  has_cycles ( ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( m_marked ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        TemporaryChange  change  {  m_marked ,  true  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        for  ( auto &  child  :  m_children )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( child - > has_cycles ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								private : 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    explicit  PropertyDependencyNode ( FlyString  name ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        :  m_name ( move ( name ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    FlyString  m_name ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    Vector < NonnullRefPtr < PropertyDependencyNode > >  m_children ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    bool  m_marked  {  false  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								NonnullRefPtr < CSSStyleValue >  Parser : : resolve_unresolved_style_value ( DOM : : Element &  element ,  Optional < Selector : : PseudoElement : : Type >  pseudo_element ,  PropertyID  property_id ,  UnresolvedStyleValue  const &  unresolved ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    TokenStream  unresolved_values_without_variables_expanded  {  unresolved . values ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    Vector < ComponentValue >  values_with_variables_expanded ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    HashMap < FlyString ,  NonnullRefPtr < PropertyDependencyNode > >  dependencies ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    ScopeGuard  mark_element_if_uses_custom_properties  =  [ & ]  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        for  ( auto  const &  name  :  dependencies . keys ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( is_a_custom_property_name_string ( name ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                element . set_style_uses_css_custom_properties ( true ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! expand_variables ( element ,  pseudo_element ,  string_from_property_id ( property_id ) ,  dependencies ,  unresolved_values_without_variables_expanded ,  values_with_variables_expanded ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  CSSKeywordValue : : create ( Keyword : : Unset ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    TokenStream  unresolved_values_with_variables_expanded  {  values_with_variables_expanded  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    Vector < ComponentValue >  expanded_values ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! expand_unresolved_values ( element ,  string_from_property_id ( property_id ) ,  unresolved_values_with_variables_expanded ,  expanded_values ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  CSSKeywordValue : : create ( Keyword : : Unset ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  expanded_value_tokens  =  TokenStream  {  expanded_values  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( auto  parsed_value  =  parse_css_value ( property_id ,  expanded_value_tokens ) ;  ! parsed_value . is_error ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  parsed_value . release_value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  CSSKeywordValue : : create ( Keyword : : Unset ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								static  RefPtr < CSSStyleValue  const >  get_custom_property ( DOM : : Element  const &  element ,  Optional < CSS : : Selector : : PseudoElement : : Type >  pseudo_element ,  FlyString  const &  custom_property_name ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( pseudo_element . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  it  =  element . custom_properties ( pseudo_element ) . find ( custom_property_name ) ;  it  ! =  element . custom_properties ( pseudo_element ) . end ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  it - > value . value ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    for  ( auto  const *  current_element  =  & element ;  current_element ;  current_element  =  current_element - > parent_or_shadow_host_element ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  it  =  current_element - > custom_properties ( { } ) . find ( custom_property_name ) ;  it  ! =  current_element - > custom_properties ( { } ) . end ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  it - > value . value ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  nullptr ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								bool  Parser : : expand_variables ( DOM : : Element &  element ,  Optional < Selector : : PseudoElement : : Type >  pseudo_element ,  FlyString  const &  property_name ,  HashMap < FlyString ,  NonnullRefPtr < PropertyDependencyNode > > &  dependencies ,  TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  source ,  Vector < ComponentValue > &  dest ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // Arbitrary large value chosen to avoid the billion-laughs attack.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // https://www.w3.org/TR/css-variables-1/#long-variables
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    size_t  const  MAX_VALUE_COUNT  =  16384 ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( source . remaining_token_count ( )  +  dest . size ( )  >  MAX_VALUE_COUNT )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        dbgln ( " Stopped expanding CSS variables: maximum length reached. " ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  get_dependency_node  =  [ & ] ( FlyString  const &  name )  - >  NonnullRefPtr < PropertyDependencyNode >  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  existing  =  dependencies . get ( name ) ;  existing . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  * existing . value ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  new_node  =  PropertyDependencyNode : : create ( name ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        dependencies . set ( name ,  new_node ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  new_node ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    while  ( source . has_next_token ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  const &  value  =  source . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value . is_block ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  const &  source_block  =  value . block ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            Vector < ComponentValue >  block_values ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            TokenStream  source_block_contents  {  source_block . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! expand_variables ( element ,  pseudo_element ,  property_name ,  dependencies ,  source_block_contents ,  block_values ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            dest . empend ( SimpleBlock  {  source_block . token ,  move ( block_values )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            continue ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! value . is_function ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            dest . empend ( value . token ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            continue ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! value . function ( ) . name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " var " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  const &  source_function  =  value . function ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            Vector < ComponentValue >  function_values ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            TokenStream  source_function_contents  {  source_function . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! expand_variables ( element ,  pseudo_element ,  property_name ,  dependencies ,  source_function_contents ,  function_values ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            dest . empend ( Function  {  source_function . name ,  move ( function_values )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            continue ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        TokenStream  var_contents  {  value . function ( ) . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        var_contents . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! var_contents . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  const &  custom_property_name_token  =  var_contents . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! custom_property_name_token . is ( Token : : Type : : Ident ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  custom_property_name  =  custom_property_name_token . token ( ) . ident ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! custom_property_name . bytes_as_string_view ( ) . starts_with ( " -- " sv ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // Detect dependency cycles. https://www.w3.org/TR/css-variables-1/#cycles
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // We do not do this by the spec, since we are not keeping a graph of var dependencies around,
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // but rebuilding it every time.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( custom_property_name  = =  property_name ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  parent  =  get_dependency_node ( property_name ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  child  =  get_dependency_node ( custom_property_name ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        parent - > add_child ( child ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( parent - > has_cycles ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( auto  custom_property_value  =  get_custom_property ( element ,  pseudo_element ,  custom_property_name ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            VERIFY ( custom_property_value - > is_unresolved ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            TokenStream  custom_property_tokens  {  custom_property_value - > as_unresolved ( ) . values ( )  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-14 20:00:10 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  dest_size_before  =  dest . size ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! expand_variables ( element ,  pseudo_element ,  custom_property_name ,  dependencies ,  custom_property_tokens ,  dest ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-14 20:00:10 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // If the size of dest has increased, then the custom property is not the initial guaranteed-invalid value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // If it hasn't increased, then it is the initial guaranteed-invalid value, and thus we should move on to the fallback value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( dest_size_before  <  dest . size ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                continue ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            dbgln_if ( CSS_PARSER_DEBUG ,  " CSSParser: Expanding custom property '{}' did not return any tokens, treating it as invalid and moving on to the fallback value. " ,  custom_property_name ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // Use the provided fallback value, if any.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        var_contents . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( var_contents . has_next_token ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  const &  comma_token  =  var_contents . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! comma_token . is ( Token : : Type : : Comma ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            var_contents . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! expand_variables ( element ,  pseudo_element ,  property_name ,  dependencies ,  var_contents ,  dest ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								bool  Parser : : expand_unresolved_values ( DOM : : Element &  element ,  FlyString  const &  property_name ,  TokenStream < ComponentValue > &  source ,  Vector < ComponentValue > &  dest ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    while  ( source . has_next_token ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  const &  value  =  source . consume_a_token ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value . is_function ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( value . function ( ) . name . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " attr " sv ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( ! substitute_attr_function ( element ,  property_name ,  value . function ( ) ,  dest ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                continue ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  const &  source_function  =  value . function ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            Vector < ComponentValue >  function_values ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            TokenStream  source_function_contents  {  source_function . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! expand_unresolved_values ( element ,  property_name ,  source_function_contents ,  function_values ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            dest . empend ( Function  {  source_function . name ,  move ( function_values )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            continue ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( value . is_block ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  const &  source_block  =  value . block ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            TokenStream  source_block_values  {  source_block . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            Vector < ComponentValue >  block_values ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! expand_unresolved_values ( element ,  property_name ,  source_block_values ,  block_values ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            dest . empend ( SimpleBlock  {  source_block . token ,  move ( block_values )  } ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            continue ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        dest . empend ( value . token ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								// https://drafts.csswg.org/css-values-5/#attr-substitution
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								bool  Parser : : substitute_attr_function ( DOM : : Element &  element ,  FlyString  const &  property_name ,  Function  const &  attr_function ,  Vector < ComponentValue > &  dest ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								{ 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // First, parse the arguments to attr():
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // attr() = attr( <q-name> <attr-type>? , <declaration-value>?)
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // <attr-type> = string | url | ident | color | number | percentage | length | angle | time | frequency | flex | <dimension-unit>
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    TokenStream  attr_contents  {  attr_function . value  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    attr_contents . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! attr_contents . has_next_token ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // - Attribute name
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // FIXME: Support optional attribute namespace
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( ! attr_contents . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Ident ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  attribute_name  =  attr_contents . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) . ident ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    attr_contents . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // - Attribute type (optional)
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    auto  attribute_type  =  " string " _fly_string ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( attr_contents . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Ident ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        attribute_type  =  attr_contents . consume_a_token ( ) . token ( ) . ident ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        attr_contents . discard_whitespace ( ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // - Comma, then fallback values (optional)
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    bool  has_fallback_values  =  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( attr_contents . has_next_token ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( ! attr_contents . next_token ( ) . is ( Token : : Type : : Comma ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        ( void ) attr_contents . consume_a_token ( ) ;  // Comma
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        has_fallback_values  =  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // Then, run the substitution algorithm:
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // 1. If the attr() function has a substitution value, replace the attr() function by the substitution value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // https://drafts.csswg.org/css-values-5/#attr-types
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( element . has_attribute ( attribute_name ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-05 12:01:32 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  parse_string_as_component_value  =  [ this ] ( String  const &  string )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  tokens  =  Tokenizer : : tokenize ( string ,  " utf-8 " sv ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            TokenStream  stream  {  tokens  } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  parse_a_component_value ( stream ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        auto  attribute_value  =  element . get_attribute_value ( attribute_name ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        if  ( attribute_type . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " angle " _fly_string ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								            // Parse a component value from the attribute’  s value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-05 12:01:32 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  component_value  =  parse_string_as_component_value ( attribute_value ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // If the result is a <dimension-token> whose unit matches the given type, the result is the substitution value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // Otherwise, there is no substitution value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( component_value . has_value ( )  & &  component_value - > is ( Token : : Type : : Dimension ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( Angle : : unit_from_name ( component_value - > token ( ) . dimension_unit ( ) ) . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    dest . append ( component_value . release_value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  if  ( attribute_type . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " color " _fly_string ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								            // Parse a component value from the attribute’  s value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // If the result is a <hex-color> or a named color ident, the substitution value is that result as a <color>.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // Otherwise there is no substitution value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-05 12:01:32 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  component_value  =  parse_string_as_component_value ( attribute_value ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( component_value . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( ( component_value - > is ( Token : : Type : : Hash ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                        & &  Color : : from_string ( MUST ( String : : formatted ( " #{} " ,  component_value - > token ( ) . hash_value ( ) ) ) ) . has_value ( ) ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    | |  ( component_value - > is ( Token : : Type : : Ident ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                        & &  Color : : from_string ( component_value - > token ( ) . ident ( ) ) . has_value ( ) ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    dest . append ( component_value . release_value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  if  ( attribute_type . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " flex " _fly_string ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								            // Parse a component value from the attribute’  s value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-05 12:01:32 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  component_value  =  parse_string_as_component_value ( attribute_value ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // If the result is a <dimension-token> whose unit matches the given type, the result is the substitution value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // Otherwise, there is no substitution value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( component_value . has_value ( )  & &  component_value - > is ( Token : : Type : : Dimension ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( Flex : : unit_from_name ( component_value - > token ( ) . dimension_unit ( ) ) . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    dest . append ( component_value . release_value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  if  ( attribute_type . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " frequency " _fly_string ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								            // Parse a component value from the attribute’  s value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-05 12:01:32 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  component_value  =  parse_string_as_component_value ( attribute_value ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // If the result is a <dimension-token> whose unit matches the given type, the result is the substitution value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // Otherwise, there is no substitution value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( component_value . has_value ( )  & &  component_value - > is ( Token : : Type : : Dimension ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( Frequency : : unit_from_name ( component_value - > token ( ) . dimension_unit ( ) ) . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    dest . append ( component_value . release_value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  if  ( attribute_type . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " ident " _fly_string ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // The substitution value is a CSS <custom-ident>, whose value is the literal value of the attribute,
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // with leading and trailing ASCII whitespace stripped. (No CSS parsing of the value is performed.)
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // If the attribute value, after trimming, is the empty string, there is instead no substitution value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								            // If the <custom-ident>’  s value is a CSS-wide keyword or `default`, there is instead no substitution value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  substitution_value  =  MUST ( attribute_value . trim ( Infra : : ASCII_WHITESPACE ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( ! substitution_value . is_empty ( ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                & &  ! substitution_value . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " default " sv ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                & &  ! is_css_wide_keyword ( substitution_value ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                dest . empend ( Token : : create_ident ( substitution_value ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  if  ( attribute_type . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " length " _fly_string ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								            // Parse a component value from the attribute’  s value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-05 12:01:32 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  component_value  =  parse_string_as_component_value ( attribute_value ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // If the result is a <dimension-token> whose unit matches the given type, the result is the substitution value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // Otherwise, there is no substitution value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( component_value . has_value ( )  & &  component_value - > is ( Token : : Type : : Dimension ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( Length : : unit_from_name ( component_value - > token ( ) . dimension_unit ( ) ) . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    dest . append ( component_value . release_value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  if  ( attribute_type . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " number " _fly_string ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								            // Parse a component value from the attribute’  s value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // If the result is a <number-token>, the result is the substitution value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // Otherwise, there is no substitution value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-05 12:01:32 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  component_value  =  parse_string_as_component_value ( attribute_value ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( component_value . has_value ( )  & &  component_value - > is ( Token : : Type : : Number ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                dest . append ( component_value . release_value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  if  ( attribute_type . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " percentage " _fly_string ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								            // Parse a component value from the attribute’  s value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-05 12:01:32 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  component_value  =  parse_string_as_component_value ( attribute_value ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // If the result is a <percentage-token>, the result is the substitution value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // Otherwise, there is no substitution value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( component_value . has_value ( )  & &  component_value - > is ( Token : : Type : : Percentage ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                dest . append ( component_value . release_value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  if  ( attribute_type . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " string " _fly_string ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // The substitution value is a CSS string, whose value is the literal value of the attribute.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // (No CSS parsing or "cleanup" of the value is performed.)
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // No value triggers fallback.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            dest . empend ( Token : : create_string ( attribute_value ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  if  ( attribute_type . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " time " _fly_string ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								            // Parse a component value from the attribute’  s value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-05 12:01:32 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  component_value  =  parse_string_as_component_value ( attribute_value ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // If the result is a <dimension-token> whose unit matches the given type, the result is the substitution value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // Otherwise, there is no substitution value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( component_value . has_value ( )  & &  component_value - > is ( Token : : Type : : Dimension ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( Time : : unit_from_name ( component_value - > token ( ) . dimension_unit ( ) ) . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    dest . append ( component_value . release_value ( ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  if  ( attribute_type . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " url " _fly_string ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // The substitution value is a CSS <url> value, whose url is the literal value of the attribute.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // (No CSS parsing or "cleanup" of the value is performed.)
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // No value triggers fallback.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            dest . empend ( Token : : create_url ( attribute_value ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        }  else  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // Dimension units
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								            // Parse a component value from the attribute’  s value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									
								 
							
							
								            // If the result is a <number-token>, the substitution value is a dimension with the result’  s value, and the given unit.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            // Otherwise, there is no substitution value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-05 12:01:32 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
									 
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            auto  component_value  =  parse_string_as_component_value ( attribute_value ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2025-02-06 14:08:26 +00:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            if  ( component_value . has_value ( )  & &  component_value - > is ( Token : : Type : : Number ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                if  ( attribute_value  = =  " % " sv )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    dest . empend ( Token : : create_dimension ( component_value - > token ( ) . number_value ( ) ,  attribute_type ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                }  else  if  ( auto  angle_unit  =  Angle : : unit_from_name ( attribute_type ) ;  angle_unit . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    dest . empend ( Token : : create_dimension ( component_value - > token ( ) . number_value ( ) ,  attribute_type ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                }  else  if  ( auto  flex_unit  =  Flex : : unit_from_name ( attribute_type ) ;  flex_unit . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    dest . empend ( Token : : create_dimension ( component_value - > token ( ) . number_value ( ) ,  attribute_type ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                }  else  if  ( auto  frequency_unit  =  Frequency : : unit_from_name ( attribute_type ) ;  frequency_unit . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    dest . empend ( Token : : create_dimension ( component_value - > token ( ) . number_value ( ) ,  attribute_type ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                }  else  if  ( auto  length_unit  =  Length : : unit_from_name ( attribute_type ) ;  length_unit . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    dest . empend ( Token : : create_dimension ( component_value - > token ( ) . number_value ( ) ,  attribute_type ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                }  else  if  ( auto  time_unit  =  Time : : unit_from_name ( attribute_type ) ;  time_unit . has_value ( ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    dest . empend ( Token : : create_dimension ( component_value - > token ( ) . number_value ( ) ,  attribute_type ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                }  else  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    // Not a dimension unit.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                    return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								                } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								            } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // 2. Otherwise, if the attr() function has a fallback value as its last argument, replace the attr() function by the fallback value.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    //    If there are any var() or attr() references in the fallback, substitute them as well.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( has_fallback_values ) 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  expand_unresolved_values ( element ,  property_name ,  attr_contents ,  dest ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    if  ( attribute_type . equals_ignoring_ascii_case ( " string " _fly_string ) )  { 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        // If the <attr-type> argument is string, defaults to the empty string if omitted
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        dest . empend ( Token : : create_string ( { } ) ) ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								        return  true ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    } 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    // 3. Otherwise, the property containing the attr() function is invalid at computed-value time.
 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								    return  false ; 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								} 
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							 
							
								
									
								 
							
							
								}